<title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
- <meta name="description"
+ <meta name="description"
content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
</head>
<li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
<ol>
<li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
- <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
+ <ol>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private_weak">'<tt>linker_private_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private_weak_def_auto">'<tt>linker_private_weak_def_auto</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
<li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
<li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
<li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
<li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
<li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
<li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
<li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
<li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
<li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
<ol>
<li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
- <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
+ <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
<ol>
+ <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#t_x86mmx">X86mmx Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
</li>
<li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
<ol>
- <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
- <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a>
+ <ol>
+ <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
<li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
- <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
- <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
- <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
<li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
<li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
<li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#trapvalues">Trap Values</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
<li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
- <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
<ol>
<li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
+ <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
+ <ol>
+ <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
+ Global Variable</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
+ Global Variable</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
+ Global Variable</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
<li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
</li>
<li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
<ol>
- <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
- <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
- <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
<li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
+ <li><a href="#int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
+ <ol>
+ <li><a href="#int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
<li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
<li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
</ol>
</li>
+ <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
+ <ol>
+ <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
<li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
<ol>
<li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
<li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
+ '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.
-LLVM is a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides
-type safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of
-representing 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code
-representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation
-strategy.</p>
+
+<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
+ a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
+ safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
+ 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
+ used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three
-different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode
-representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler),
-and as a human readable assembly language representation. This allows
-LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient
-compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means
-to debug and visualize the transformations. The three different forms
-of LLVM are all equivalent. This document describes the human readable
-representation and notation.</p>
+<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
+ as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
+ for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
+ assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
+ intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
+ analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
+ transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
+ document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
-<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level
-while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It
-aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level
-that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how
-microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to
-be mapped to them). By providing type information, LLVM can be used as
-the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it
-can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of
-the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA
-value instead of a memory location.</p>
+<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
+ expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
+ "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
+ may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
+ IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
+ type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
+ example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
+ variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
+ be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed'
-LLVM assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser
-accepts and what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the
-following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
+<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
+ assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
+ what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
+ syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
</pre>
-</div>
-<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of
-its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may
-be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is
-automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by
-the optimizer before it outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out
-by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to
-the parser.</p>
+<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
+ LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
+ that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
+ parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
+ bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
+ transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
<div class="doc_text">
- <p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
- identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the @ character. Local
- identifiers (register names, types) begin with the % character. Additionally,
- there are three different formats for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
+<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
+ identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
+ character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
+ the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
+ for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
<ol>
<li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
- For example, %foo, @DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier. The actual
- regular expression used is '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'.
- Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded
- with quotes. Special characters may be escaped using "\xx" where xx is the
- ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character can
- be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.
+ For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
+ <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
+ '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
+ other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
+ characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
+ ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
+ can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
<li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
- prefix. For example, %12, @2, %44.</li>
+ prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
<li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
- constants</a>, below.</li>
+ constants</a>, below.</li>
</ol>
<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
-don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
-reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
-unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
-variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
+ don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
+ reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
+ unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
+ variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
-languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
-('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
- '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
- '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a
-href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...),
-and others. These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because
-none of them start with a prefix character ('%' or '@').</p>
+ languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
+ ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
+ '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
+ '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
+ ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
+ '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
+ reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
+ start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
-'<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
+ '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
<p>The easy way:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
</pre>
-</div>
<p>After strength reduction:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
</pre>
-</div>
<p>And the hard way:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
-<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
-<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
+%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
</pre>
-</div>
-<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several
-important lexical features of LLVM:</p>
+<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
+ lexical features of LLVM:</p>
<ol>
-
<li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
- line.</li>
+ line.</li>
<li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
- assigned to a named value.</li>
+ assigned to a named value.</li>
<li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
-
</ol>
-<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
-demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
-defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
-text.</p>
+<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
+ demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
+ defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
+ text.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a
-translation unit of the input programs. Each module consists of
-functions, global variables, and symbol table entries. Modules may be
-combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and
-global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges
-symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p>
+<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
+ of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
+ and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
+ linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
+ forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
+ the "hello world" module:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
-<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
- href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
+<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
-<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
-<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
+<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
+<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8*) <i>; i32 (i8*)* </i>
<i>; Definition of main function</i>
-define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
- <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
- %cast210 = <a
- href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
+define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
+ <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
+ %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8*</i>
- <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
- <a
- href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
- <a
- href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
+ <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
+ <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8* %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
+ <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
+}
+
+<i>; Named metadata</i>
+!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
+!foo = !{!1, null}
</pre>
-</div>
-<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a>
-named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>"
-function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a>
-for "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
+<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
+ "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
+ a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
+ "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
+ "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
-<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values,
-where both functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
-represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
-array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a
-href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
+<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
+ functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
+ represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
+ array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
+ following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage:
-</p>
+<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
+ linkage:</p>
<dl>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
- <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by
- objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with
- an private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
- avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
- references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
- object file.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
- <dd> Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol (STB_LOCAL in
- the case of ELF) in the object file. This corresponds to the notion of the
- '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt>:
- </dt>
-
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Global values with "<tt>private</tt>" linkage are only directly accessible
+ by objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a
+ module with an private global value may cause the private to be renamed as
+ necessary to avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the
+ module, all references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol
+ table in the object file.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Similar to <tt>private</tt>, but the symbol is passed through the
+ assembler and evaluated by the linker. Unlike normal strong symbols, they
+ are removed by the linker from the final linked image (executable or
+ dynamic library).</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private_weak">linker_private_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Similar to "<tt>linker_private</tt>", but the symbol is weak. Note that
+ <tt>linker_private_weak</tt> symbols are subject to coalescing by the
+ linker. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked image
+ (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private_weak_def_auto">linker_private_weak_def_auto</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Similar to "<tt>linker_private_weak</tt>", but it's known that the address
+ of the object is not taken. For instance, functions that had an inline
+ definition, but the compiler decided not to inline it. Note,
+ unlike <tt>linker_private</tt> and <tt>linker_private_weak</tt>,
+ <tt>linker_private_weak_def_auto</tt> may have only <tt>default</tt>
+ visibility. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked
+ image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
+ (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
+ corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
<dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
- into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
- allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of the
- definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the module.
- Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to be discarded
- at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>. This linkage
- type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
+ into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
+ allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
+ the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
+ module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
+ be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
+ This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
<dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
- the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
- inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
- translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
- allowed to be discarded.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
- <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt>
- linkage, except that unreferenced <tt>common</tt> globals may not be
- discarded. This is used for globals that may be emitted in multiple
- translation units, but that are not guaranteed to be emitted into every
- translation unit that uses them. One example of this is tentative
- definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at global scope.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
- <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is the same as <tt>common</tt> linkage, except
- that some targets may choose to emit different assembly sequences for them
- for target-dependent reasons. This is used for globals that are declared
- "weak" in C source code.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
+ the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
+ some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
+ generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
+ be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
+ <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
+ <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
+ inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
+ this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
+ program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
+ To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
+ linkage.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
+ <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
+ <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
+ are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
+ they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
+ global scope.
+ Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
+ <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
+ <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
+ must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
+ href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
+ have common linkage.</dd>
+
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
<dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
- pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage are
- linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is the
- LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
- "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
-
- <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the
- symbol is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead
- of being an undefined reference.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
- <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two
- functions with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>,
- ensure that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition
- rule" - "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
- and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
- be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
- same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.
- </dd>
+ pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
+ are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
+ the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
+ "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
+ is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
+ being an undefined reference.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
+ with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
+ that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule"
+ — "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
+ and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
+ be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
+ same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
<dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
-
<dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
- visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve
- external symbol references.
- </dd>
+ visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
+ resolve external symbol references.</dd>
</dl>
- <p>
- The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
- only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
- DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).
- </p>
-
- <dl>
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
+<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
+ only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
+ DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
+<dl>
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
<dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
- or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
- exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
- formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable name.
- </dd>
-
- <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
+ or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
+ exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
+ formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
+ name.</dd>
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
<dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
- pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
- <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
- name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
- name.
- </dd>
-
+ pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
+ <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
+ name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
+ variable name.</dd>
</dl>
-<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
-variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
-variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed,
-preventing a collision. Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are
-external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible
-outside of the current module.</p>
-<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i>
-to have any linkage type other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
-or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
+<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
+ another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
+ one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
+ "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
+ declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
+
+<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
+ other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
+ or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
+
<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
-or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
+ or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_text">
<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
-and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention
-specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of dynamic
-caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined. The
-following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in
-the future:</p>
+ and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
+ convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
+ dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
+ undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
+ may be added in the future:</p>
<dl>
<dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
- specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling convention
- supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared
- prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C).
- </dd>
+ specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
+ convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
+ the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
+ does normal C).</dd>
<dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
- (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
- target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target,
- without having to conform to an externally specified ABI (Application Binary
- Interface). Implementations of this convention should allow arbitrary
- <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> to be
- supported. This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the
- prototype of all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function
- definition.
- </dd>
+ (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
+ target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
+ target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
+ (Application Binary Interface).
+ <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
+ when this or the GHC convention is used.</a> This calling convention
+ does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
+ exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
<dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
- as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed. As
- such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break
- any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention does not support
- varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the
- prototype of the function definition.
+ as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
+ As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
+ not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
+ does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
+ exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b>"<tt>cc <em>10</em></tt>" - GHC convention</b>:</dt>
+ <dd>This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by the
+ <a href="http://www.haskell.org/ghc">Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC)</a>.
+ It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this by
+ disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should not be
+ used lightly but only for specific situations such as an alternative to
+ the <em>register pinning</em> performance technique often used when
+ implementing functional programming languages.At the moment only X86
+ supports this convention and it has the following limitations:
+ <ul>
+ <li>On <em>X86-32</em> only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
+ floating point types are supported.</li>
+ <li>On <em>X86-64</em> only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and
+ 6 floating point parameters.</li>
+ </ul>
+ This calling convention supports
+ <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> but
+ requires both the caller and callee are using it.
</dd>
<dt><b>"<tt>cc <<em>n</em>></tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
- target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
- conventions start at 64.
- </dd>
+ target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
+ conventions start at 64.</dd>
</dl>
<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
-support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
-convention.</p>
+ support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
+ convention.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility styles:
-</p>
+<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
+ styles:</p>
<dl>
<dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
- that the declaration is visible to other
- modules and, in shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be
- overridden. On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is
- visible to other modules. Default visibility corresponds to "external
- linkage" in the language.
- </dd>
+ that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
+ means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
+ visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
+ visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
<dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
- object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
- indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol table,
- so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
- directly.
- </dd>
+ object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
+ indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
+ table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
+ directly.</dd>
<dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
-
<dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
- the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module will
- bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by another
- module.
- </dd>
+ the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
+ will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
+ another module.</dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
-it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
-recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:
-</p>
+ it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
+ recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
</pre>
-</div>
-<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except "<a
-href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type is
-expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
+<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
+ "<a href="#t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
+ is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
-and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This often
-leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR uses
-structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out LLVM IR,
-the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a particular
-shape. This means that if you have code where two different source types end up
-having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes print the "wrong" or
-unexpected type. This is an important design point and isn't going to
-change.</p>
+ and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
+ often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
+ uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
+ LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
+ particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
+ source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
+ print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
+ isn't going to change.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
-instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have
-an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit alignment
-specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which means that it
-will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a separated copy of the
-variable). A variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates
-that the contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better
-optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of
-an executable, etc). Note that variables that need runtime initialization
-cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
-
-<p>
-LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
-constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
-can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires
-the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
-'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
-definition.
-</p>
-
-<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in
-scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global
-variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they
-describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are
-accessed through pointers.</p>
-
-<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specifc numbered
-address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
-optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to access
-the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space qualifier
-must precede any other attributes.</p>
+ instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
+ have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
+ alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
+ means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
+ separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
+ "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
+ will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
+ global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
+ Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
+ "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
+
+<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
+ constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
+ can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
+ requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
+ 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
+ definition.</p>
+
+<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
+ (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
+ always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
+ region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
+ pointers.</p>
+
+<p>Global variables can be marked with <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> which indicates
+ that the address is not significant, only the content. Constants marked
+ like this can be merged with other constants if they have the same
+ initializer. Note that a constant with significant address <em>can</em>
+ be merged with a <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> constant, the result being a
+ constant whose address is significant.</p>
+
+<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
+ address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
+ optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
+ access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
+ qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
-supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
-
-<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
-the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target
-to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
-global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
-a power of 2.</p>
-
-<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
-an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
-
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+ supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
+
+<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global, which must be a power
+ of 2. If not present, or if the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of
+ the global is set by the target to whatever it feels convenient. If an
+ explicit alignment is specified, the global is forced to have exactly that
+ alignment. Targets and optimizers are not allowed to over-align the global
+ if the global has an assigned section. In this case, the extra alignment
+ could be observable: for example, code could assume that the globals are
+ densely packed in their section and try to iterate over them as an array,
+ alignment padding would break this iteration.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
+ an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
</pre>
-</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord,
-an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
-<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
-<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
-<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
-name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
-<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
-<a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section,
-an optional alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>,
-an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.
+<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyword, an
+ optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
+ <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
+ <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>,
+ an optional <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute, a return type, an optional
+ <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
+ name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
+ <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
+ <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
+ alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
+ curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
-LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
-optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
-<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
-<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
-<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
-name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an optional
-<a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
+<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
+ optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
+ <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
+ <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>,
+ an optional <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute, a return type, an optional
+ <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
+ name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
+ optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
-(Control Flow Graph) for
-the function. Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the
-basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends
-with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or
-function return).</p>
+ (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
+ with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
+ of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
+ instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
-executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor
-basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a
-function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any
-<a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
+ executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
+ predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
+ block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
+
cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
-supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
+ supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
-the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target
-to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
-function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
-a power of 2.</p>
+ the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
+ target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
+ specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
+ alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
- <h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<p>If the <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute is given, the address is know to not
+ be significant and two identical functions can be merged</p>.
-<div class="doc_code">
-<tt>
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre class="doc_code">
define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
- [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
- <ResultType> @<FunctionName> ([argument list])
- [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
- [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
-</tt>
-</div>
+ [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
+ <ResultType> @<FunctionName> ([argument list])
+ [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
+ [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
+</pre>
</div>
-
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
- <p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
- function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
- may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
- optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
- <h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
+ function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
+ may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
+ optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre class="doc_code">
@<Name> = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] <AliaseeTy> @<Aliasee>
</pre>
+
</div>
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+ <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
</div>
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata">Metadata
+ nodes</a> (but not metadata strings) are the only valid operands for
+ a named metadata.</p>
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+; Some unnamed metadata nodes, which are referenced by the named metadata.
+!0 = metadata !{metadata !"zero"}
+!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
+!2 = metadata !{metadata !"two"}
+; A named metadata.
+!name = !{!0, !1, !2}
+</pre>
+</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
- <p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
- <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
- used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
- a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
- not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
- can have the same function type.</p>
- <p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
- multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
- example:</p>
+<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
+ <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
+ used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
+ a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
+ not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
+ can have the same function type.</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
+ multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
+ example:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
</pre>
-</div>
- <p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
- <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
-
- <p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
- <dl>
- <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
- should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
- or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
-
- <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
- should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
- or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
-
- <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated
- in a special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a
- function call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed
- to memory, though some targets use it to distinguish between two different
- kinds of registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
-
- <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by
- value to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the
- pointee is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable
- to modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
- pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
- value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered to
- belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
- <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
- <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
- values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with the
- align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code generator
- that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized stack
- slot.</dd>
-
- <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
- structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
- This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and stores
- to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This may only
- be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute for
- return values. </dd>
-
- <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
- parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
- case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
- that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
- caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
- response in
- <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
- analysis</a>.</dd>
-
- <dt><tt>nocapture</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
- that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
- values.</dd>
-
- <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
- <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
- <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
- attribute for return values.</dd>
- </dl>
+<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
+ <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
+
+<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
+
+<dl>
+ <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
+ should be zero-extended to the extent required by the target's ABI (which
+ is usually 32-bits, but is 8-bits for a i1 on x86-64) by the caller (for a
+ parameter) or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
+ should be sign-extended to the extent required by the target's ABI (which
+ is usually 32-bits) by the caller (for a parameter) or the callee (for a
+ return value).</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
+ special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
+ call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
+ though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
+ registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd><p>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by
+ value to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the
+ pointee
+ is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
+ modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
+ pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
+ value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
+ to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
+ <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
+ <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
+ values.</p>
+
+ <p>The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
+ the align attribute. It indicates the alignment of the stack slot to
+ form and the known alignment of the pointer specified to the call site. If
+ the alignment is not specified, then the code generator makes a
+ target-specific assumption.</p></dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="sret">sret</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
+ structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
+ This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
+ stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
+ may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
+ for return values. </dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="noalias">noalias</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates that pointer values
+ <a href="#pointeraliasing"><i>based</i></a> on the argument or return
+ value do not alias pointer values which are not <i>based</i> on it,
+ ignoring certain "irrelevant" dependencies.
+ For a call to the parent function, dependencies between memory
+ references from before or after the call and from those during the call
+ are "irrelevant" to the <tt>noalias</tt> keyword for the arguments and
+ return value used in that call.
+ The caller shares the responsibility with the callee for ensuring that
+ these requirements are met.
+ For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias response in
+ <a href="AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias analysis</a>.<br>
+<br>
+ Note that this definition of <tt>noalias</tt> is intentionally
+ similar to the definition of <tt>restrict</tt> in C99 for function
+ arguments, though it is slightly weaker.
+<br>
+ For function return values, C99's <tt>restrict</tt> is not meaningful,
+ while LLVM's <tt>noalias</tt> is.
+ </dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="nocapture">nocapture</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
+ that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
+ values.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="nest">nest</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
+ <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
+ attribute for return values.</dd>
+</dl>
</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
-string.</p>
+ string:</p>
-<div class="doc_code"><pre
->define void @f() gc "name" { ...</pre></div>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
+</pre>
<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
-collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to support
-the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
+ collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
+ support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about
- a function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function,
- not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
- can have the same function type.</p>
+<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
+ function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
+ of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
+ have the same function type.</p>
- <p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
- multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
- example:</p>
+<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
+ multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
define void @f() noinline { ... }
define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
-define void @f() optsize
+define void @f() optsize { ... }
</pre>
-</div>
<dl>
-<dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
-function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
-threshold for this caller.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this function
-in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with the
-<tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
-make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise do
-optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
-<dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns normally.
-This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function ever does
-dynamically return.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
-<dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
-unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its runtime
-behavior is undefined.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides to
-unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without dereferencing any
-pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable state (e.g. memory, control
-registers, etc) visible to caller functions. It does not write through any
-pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and
-never changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
-exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but could
-use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
-pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments)
-or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to
-caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments and read state that may
-be set in the caller. A readonly function always returns the same value (or
-unwinds an exception identically) when called with the same set of arguments
-and global state. It cannot unwind an exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt>
-exception throwing methods, but may use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
-protector. It is in the form of a "canary"—a random value placed on the
-stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the function to
-see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to determine if a function
-needs stack protectors or not.
-
-<br><br>If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a function
-that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will
-have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>sspreq</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
-stack smashing protector. This overrides the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt>
-function attribute.
-
-If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
-function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
-an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
-an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>noredzone</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a
-red zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.
-</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>noimplicitfloat</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
-
-<dt><tt>naked</tt></dt>
-<dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
-This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
-
+ <dt><tt><b>alignstack(<<em>n</em>>)</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and epilogue,
+ the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer. Specify the
+ desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in parentheses.
+
+ <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
+ function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
+ threshold for this caller.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>hotpatch</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should be 'hotpatchable',
+ meaning the function can be patched and/or hooked even while it is
+ loaded into memory. On x86, the function prologue will be preceded
+ by six bytes of padding and will begin with a two-byte instruction.
+ Most of the functions in the Windows system DLLs in Windows XP SP2 or
+ higher were compiled in this fashion.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
+ this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
+ is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
+ This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
+ function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
+ the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
+ zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
+ normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
+ ever does dynamically return.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
+ unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
+ runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
+ make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
+ do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
+ to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
+ dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
+ state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
+ It does not write through any pointer arguments
+ (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
+ changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
+ exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
+ could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
+ pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
+ arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
+ etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
+ and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
+ returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
+ with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
+ exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
+ use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
+ protector. It is in the form of a "canary"—a random value placed on
+ the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
+ function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
+ determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
+<br>
+ If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
+ function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
+ function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
+ <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
+ stack smashing protector. This overrides
+ the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
+<br>
+ If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
+ function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
+ an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
+ an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
</dl>
</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the
-GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally concatenated by
-LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if
-desired. The syntax is very simple:
-</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
+ the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
+ concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
+ the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
module asm "inline asm code goes here"
module asm "more can go here"
</pre>
-</div>
<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
- for the number.
-</p>
+ for the number.</p>
+
+<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
+ assembly code is generated.</p>
-<p>
- The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
- assembly code is generated.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
-data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is simply:</p>
-<pre> target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"</pre>
-<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
-separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with a
-letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
-aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows: </p>
+ data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
+ simply:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
+</pre>
+
+<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
+ separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
+ a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
+ aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
+
<dl>
<dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
<dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
- bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
+ bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
+
<dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
<dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
- the bits with the least significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
+ the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
+ location.</dd>
+
<dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
- <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
- <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying the <i>pref</i>
- alignment is optional. If omitted, the preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted
- too.</dd>
+ <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
+ <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
+ the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
+ preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
+
<dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
<dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
- <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
+ <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
+
<dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
- <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
- <i>size</i>.</dd>
+ <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
+ <i>size</i>.</dd>
+
<dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
- <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
- <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
- (double).</dd>
+ <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
+ <i>size</i>. Only values of <i>size</i> that are supported by the target
+ will work. 32 (float) and 64 (double) are supported on all targets;
+ 80 or 128 (different flavors of long double) are also supported on some
+ targets.
+
<dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
<dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
- <i>size</i>.</dd>
+ <i>size</i>.</dd>
+
<dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
<dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
- <i>size</i>.</dd>
+ <i>size</i>.</dd>
+
+ <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
+ <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
+ in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
+ "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
+ this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
+ operations efficiently.</dd>
</dl>
+
<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
-default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
-specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
-are given in this list:</p>
+ default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overridden by the
+ specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
+ are given in this list:</p>
+
<ul>
<li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
- <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
+ <li><tt>p:64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
<li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
<li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
<li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
<li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
<li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
</ul>
-<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
-following rules:</p>
+
+<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
+ following rules:</p>
+
<ol>
<li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
- specification is used.</li>
+ specification is used.</li>
+
<li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
- smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type is
- used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then the the
- largest integer type is used. For example, given the default specifications
- above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next largest) while both
- i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest specified).</li>
+ smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
+ is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
+ the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
+ specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
+ largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
+ specified).</li>
+
<li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
- largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be used
- as a fall back. This happens because <128 x double> can be implemented
- in terms of 64 <2 x double>, for example.</li>
+ largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
+ used as a fall back. This happens because <128 x double> can be
+ implemented in terms of 64 <2 x double>, for example.</li>
</ol>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+ <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
+with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
+is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
+according to the following rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>A pointer value is associated with the addresses associated with
+ any value it is <i>based</i> on.
+ <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
+ range of the variable's storage.</li>
+ <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
+ the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
+ <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
+ no address.</li>
+ <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
+ from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
+ ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
+ LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
+ allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>A pointer value is <i>based</i> on another pointer value according
+ to the following rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>A pointer value formed from a
+ <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> operation
+ is <i>based</i> on the first operand of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
+ <li>The result value of a
+ <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on the operand
+ of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
+ <li>A pointer value formed by an
+ <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on all
+ pointer values that contribute (directly or indirectly) to the
+ computation of the pointer's value.</li>
+ <li>The "<i>based</i> on" relationship is transitive.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Note that this definition of <i>"based"</i> is intentionally
+ similar to the definition of <i>"based"</i> in C99, though it is
+ slightly weaker.</p>
+
+<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
+<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
+alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
+interpretation of the value. The first operand type of a
+<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
+and alignment of the store.</p>
+
+<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
+<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
+LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
+additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
+to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+ <a name="volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>Certain memory accesses, such as <a href="#i_load"><tt>load</tt></a>s, <a
+href="#i_store"><tt>store</tt></a>s, and <a
+href="#int_memcpy"><tt>llvm.memcpy</tt></a>s may be marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
+The optimizers must not change the number of volatile operations or change their
+order of execution relative to other volatile operations. The optimizers
+<i>may</i> change the order of volatile operations relative to non-volatile
+operations. This is not Java's "volatile" and has no cross-thread
+synchronization behavior.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_text">
<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
-intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of
-optimizations to be performed on the intermediate representation directly,
-without having to do
-extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
-system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel
-analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal
-three address code representations.</p>
+ intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
+ to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
+ to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
+ system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
+ and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
+ code representations.</p>
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Classifications</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The types fall into a few useful
-classifications:</p>
+
+<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<tbody>
<td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
<td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
<a href="#t_void">void</a>,
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
+ <a href="#t_x86mmx">x86mmx</a>,
<a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
- <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
- <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
+ <td><a href="#t_array">array</a>,
<a href="#t_function">function</a>,
<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
<a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
</tbody>
</table>
-<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the
-most important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be
-produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to
-instructions.</p>
+<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
+ important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
+ instructions.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
-system.</p>
+ system.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
+ bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
+ 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ iN
+</pre>
+
+<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
+ value.</p>
+
+<h5>Examples:</h5>
+<table class="layout">
+ <tr class="layout">
+ <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
+ <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr class="layout">
+ <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
+ <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr class="layout">
+ <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
+ <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
</div>
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
- <table>
- <tbody>
- <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
- <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
- <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
- <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
- <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
- <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
- </tbody>
- </table>
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
+ <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
+ <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
+ <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
+ <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
+ <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_x86mmx">X86mmx Type</a> </div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The x86mmx type represents a value held in an MMX register on an x86 machine. The operations allowed on it are quite limited: parameters and return values, load and store, and bitcast. User-specified MMX instructions are represented as intrinsic or asm calls with arguments and/or results of this type. There are no arrays, vectors or constants of this type.</p>
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ x86mmx
+</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
void
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
label
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. The only derived type that
-may contain metadata is <tt>metadata*</tt> or a function type that returns or
-takes metadata typed parameters, but not pointer to metadata types.</p>
+<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
+ created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
+ arguments.
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
metadata
</pre>
+
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.
-This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions,
-pointers, and other useful types. Note that these derived types may be
-recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p>
+<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
+ what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
+ useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
+ may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
+ possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
+ of another array.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
-<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
+<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The integer type is a very simple derived type that simply specifies an
-arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
-2^23-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
+<p>Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
+ member types. <a href="#t_array">Arrays</a>,
+ <a href="#t_struct">structs</a>, and <a href="#t_vector">vectors</a> are
+ aggregate types.</p>
-<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
-<pre>
- iN
-</pre>
-
-<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
-value.</p>
-
-<h5>Examples:</h5>
-<table class="layout">
- <tr class="layout">
- <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
- <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr class="layout">
- <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
- <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr class="layout">
- <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
- <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types
-to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a
-return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent;
-currently it's often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit
-targets.</p>
-
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
-sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of
-elements) and an underlying data type.</p>
+ sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
+ and an underlying data type.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
[<# elements> x <elementtype>]
</pre>
-<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
-be any type with a size.</p>
+<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
+ be any type with a size.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<table class="layout">
</tr>
</table>
-<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
-length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
-LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array).
-As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
-length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
-type "{ i32, [0 x float]}", for example.</p>
-
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types
-to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an
-aggregate return type the code generator can currently handle is
-target-dependent, and also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
+<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
+ a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
+ of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
+ 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
+ length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
+ use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It
-consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The
-return type of a function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type.
-If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first
-class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
+<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
+ a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
+ function type is a first class type or a void type.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <returntype list> (<parameter list>)
+ <returntype> (<parameter list>)
</pre>
<p>...where '<tt><parameter list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
-specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
-which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
-Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a
- href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.
-'<tt><returntype list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of
-<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type specifiers.</p>
+ specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
+ which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
+ Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
+ the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
+ functions. '<tt><returntype></tt>' is any type except
+ <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<table class="layout">
<td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
</td>
</tr><tr class="layout">
- <td class="left"><tt>float (i16 signext, i32 *) *
+ <td class="left"><tt>float (i16, i32 *) *
</tt></td>
- <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
- an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
- <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
- <tt>float</tt>.
+ <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
+ an <tt>i16</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>,
+ returning <tt>float</tt>.
</td>
</tr><tr class="layout">
<td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
- <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
- <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
- which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
+ <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
+ <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
+ which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
LLVM.
</td>
</tr><tr class="layout">
<td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
- <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning two
- <tt>i32</tt> values as an aggregate of type <tt>{ i32, i32 }</tt>
+ <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
+ <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
-together in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match
-the ABI of the underlying processor. The elements of a structure may
-be any type that has a size.</p>
-<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
-and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
-field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
-instruction.</p>
+<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
+ in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
+ underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
+ size.</p>
+
+<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
+ and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
+ with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
+ Structures in registers are accessed using the
+ '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
+ '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> { <type list> }<br></pre>
+<pre>
+ { <type list> }
+</pre>
+
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
</tr>
</table>
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types
-to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an
-aggregate return type the code generator can currently handle is
-target-dependent, and also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
-
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
-together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the alignment
-of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed structure may
-be any type that has a size.</p>
-<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
-and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
-field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
-instruction.</p>
+ together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
+ alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
+ structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
+
+<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
+ '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
+ the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> < { <type list> } > <br></pre>
+<pre>
+ < { <type list> } >
+</pre>
+
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
</tr>
</table>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or
-reference to another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have
-an optional address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered
-address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is
-zero.</p>
+<p>The pointer type is used to specify memory locations.
+ Pointers are commonly used to reference objects in memory.</p>
+
+<p>Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
+ numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
+ address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address
+ spaces are target-specific.</p>
-<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does
-it permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
+<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
+ permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <type> *<br></pre>
+<pre>
+ <type> *
+</pre>
+
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
</tr>
<tr class="layout">
- <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
+ <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32*) *</tt></td>
<td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
<tt>i32</tt>.</td>
that resides in address space #5.</td>
</tr>
</table>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector
-of elements. Vector types are used when multiple primitive data
-are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).
-A vector type requires a size (number of
-elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
-of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are
-considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
+<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
+ Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
+ using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
+ elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
+ <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
< <# elements> x <elementtype> >
</pre>
-<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
-be any integer or floating point type.</p>
+<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value larger than 0; elementtype
+ may be any integer or floating point type. Vectors of size zero are not
+ allowed, and pointers are not allowed as the element type.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
-
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
<td class="left"><tt><4 x i32></tt></td>
</tr>
</table>
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types
-to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a
-vector return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent;
-currently it's often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
-
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
-corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure type.
-In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a
-structure type).</p>
+ corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
+ type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
+ a structure type).</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
opaque
</pre>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
-
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
<td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
<td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
</tr>
</table>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
-An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
-requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may contain a
-pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example of up
-references (with their equivalent as named type declarations) include:</p>
+<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
+ requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
+ contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
+ of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
+ include:</p>
<pre>
{ \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
\1* %z = type %z*
</pre>
-<p>
-An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types when
-there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the asmprinter does
-not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a syntax to handle
-recursive types that have no names (all names are optional in llvm IR).
-</p>
+<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
+ when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
+ asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
+ syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
+ in llvm IR).</p>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
\<level>
</pre>
-<p>
-The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.
-</p>
+<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
-
<table class="layout">
<tr class="layout">
<td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
structure.</td>
</tr>
</table>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
-them all and their syntax.</p>
+ them all and their syntax.</p>
</div>
<dl>
<dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
- constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">i1</a></tt> type.
- </dd>
+ constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
<dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
-
- <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a
- href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used with
- integer types.
- </dd>
+ <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
+ the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
+ with integer types.</dd>
<dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
- exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
- notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of
- a floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
- rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
- constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
+ exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
+ notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
+ floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
+ rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
+
constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
<dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
- and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
-
+ and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form
-of floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
-0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double
-4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required
-(and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a
-floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a
-decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of digits. For example,
-NaN's, infinities, and other
-special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that
-assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
+<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
+ floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
+ 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
+ '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
+ constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
+ disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
+ be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
+ digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
+ represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
+ do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
+
<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
-represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
-representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly representable
-as IEE754 single precision.
-Hexadecimal format is always used for long
-double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit
-format used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt>
-followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
-The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
-by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit
-format is represented
-by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no currently supported
-target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if they match
-the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats are big-endian
-(sign bit at the left).</p>
+ represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
+ representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
+ representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
+ for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
+ used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
+ The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
+ by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
+ is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
+ currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
+ they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
+ are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
+
+<p>There are no constants of type x86mmx.</p>
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
-<a name="aggregateconstants"> <!-- old anchor -->
-<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></a>
+<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
+<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
-constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
+ constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
<dl>
<dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
- type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
- (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
- where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>". Structure constants
- must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and
- types of elements must match those specified by the type.
- </dd>
+ type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
+ (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
+ where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
+ Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
+ the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
+ type.</dd>
<dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
- definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets
- (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]</tt>". Array
- constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and
- types of elements must match those specified by the type.
- </dd>
+ definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
+ brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
+ ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
+ the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
+ type.</dd>
<dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
-
<dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
- definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
- less-than/greater-than's (<tt><></tt>)). For example: "<tt>< i32 42,
- i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 ></tt>". Vector constants must have <a
- href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of elements must
- match those specified by the type.
- </dd>
+ definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
+ less-than/greater-than's (<tt><></tt>)). For example: "<tt>< i32
+ 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 ></tt>". Vector constants must
+ have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
+ elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
<dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
-
<dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
- value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
- This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for
- large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero
- initializers.
- </dd>
+ value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and
+ <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> types.
+ This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
+ (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
+ zero initializers.</dd>
<dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
-
<dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
- <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example:
- "<tt>metadata !{ i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants
- that are meant to be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata
- is a place to attach additional information such as debug info.
- </dd>
+ <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
+ i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
+ be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
+ attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a
-href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time)
-constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a
-href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a
-href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM
-file:</p>
+<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
+ and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
+ (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
+ the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
+ have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
+ legal LLVM file:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
@X = global i32 17
@Y = global i32 42
@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
</pre>
-</div>
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
<div class="doc_text">
- <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has
- no specific value. Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere
- a constant is permitted.</p>
- <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined
- no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize.
- </p>
+<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
+ indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
+ Undefined values may be of any type (other than '<tt>label</tt>'
+ or '<tt>void</tt>') and be used anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
+
+<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
+ program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
+ compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
+ surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
+
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+ %A = add %X, undef
+ %B = sub %X, undef
+ %C = xor %X, undef
+Safe:
+ %A = undef
+ %B = undef
+ %C = undef
+</pre>
+
+<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
+ Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+ %A = or %X, undef
+ %B = and %X, undef
+Safe:
+ %A = -1
+ %B = 0
+Unsafe:
+ %A = undef
+ %B = undef
+</pre>
+
+<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
+ For example, if <tt>%X</tt> has a zero bit, then the output of the
+ '<tt>and</tt>' operation will always be a zero for that bit, no matter what
+ the corresponding bit from the '<tt>undef</tt>' is. As such, it is unsafe to
+ optimize or assume that the result of the '<tt>and</tt>' is '<tt>undef</tt>'.
+ However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the '<tt>undef</tt>' could be
+ 0, and optimize the '<tt>and</tt>' to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that
+ all the bits of the '<tt>undef</tt>' operand to the '<tt>or</tt>' could be
+ set, allowing the '<tt>or</tt>' to be folded to -1.</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+ %A = select undef, %X, %Y
+ %B = select undef, 42, %Y
+ %C = select %X, %Y, undef
+Safe:
+ %A = %X (or %Y)
+ %B = 42 (or %Y)
+ %C = %Y
+Unsafe:
+ %A = undef
+ %B = undef
+ %C = undef
+</pre>
+
+<p>This set of examples shows that undefined '<tt>select</tt>' (and conditional
+ branch) conditions can go <em>either way</em>, but they have to come from one
+ of the two operands. In the <tt>%A</tt> example, if <tt>%X</tt> and
+ <tt>%Y</tt> were both known to have a clear low bit, then <tt>%A</tt> would
+ have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the <tt>%C</tt> example, the
+ optimizer is allowed to assume that the '<tt>undef</tt>' operand could be the
+ same as <tt>%Y</tt>, allowing the whole '<tt>select</tt>' to be
+ eliminated.</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+ %A = xor undef, undef
+
+ %B = undef
+ %C = xor %B, %B
+
+ %D = undef
+ %E = icmp lt %D, 4
+ %F = icmp gte %D, 4
+
+Safe:
+ %A = undef
+ %B = undef
+ %C = undef
+ %D = undef
+ %E = undef
+ %F = undef
+</pre>
+
+<p>This example points out that two '<tt>undef</tt>' operands are not
+ necessarily the same. This can be surprising to people (and also matches C
+ semantics) where they assume that "<tt>X^X</tt>" is always zero, even
+ if <tt>X</tt> is undefined. This isn't true for a number of reasons, but the
+ short answer is that an '<tt>undef</tt>' "variable" can arbitrarily change
+ its value over its "live range". This is true because the variable doesn't
+ actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is logically read
+ from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed, so the value
+ is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, <tt>%A</tt> and <tt>%C</tt>
+ need to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with"
+ concept would not hold.</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+ %A = fdiv undef, %X
+ %B = fdiv %X, undef
+Safe:
+ %A = undef
+b: unreachable
+</pre>
+
+<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
+ value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like
+ '<tt>undef</tt>') is allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that
+ the <tt>%A</tt> operation can be constant folded to '<tt>undef</tt>', because
+ the '<tt>undef</tt>' could be an SNaN, and <tt>fdiv</tt> is not (currently)
+ defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make a more
+ aggressive assumption: because the <tt>undef</tt> is allowed to be an
+ arbitrary value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a
+ divide by zero has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that
+ the operation does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and
+ all code after it. Because the undefined operation "can't happen", the
+ optimizer can assume that it occurs in dead code.</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+a: store undef -> %X
+b: store %X -> undef
+Safe:
+a: <deleted>
+b: unreachable
+</pre>
+
+<p>These examples reiterate the <tt>fdiv</tt> example: a store <em>of</em> an
+ undefined value can be assumed to not have any effect; we can assume that the
+ value is overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there.
+ However, a store <em>to</em> an undefined location could clobber arbitrary
+ memory, therefore, it has undefined behavior.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="trapvalues">Trap Values</a></div>
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>Trap values are similar to <a href="#undefvalues">undef values</a>, however
+ instead of representing an unspecified bit pattern, they represent the
+ fact that an instruction or constant expression which cannot evoke side
+ effects has nevertheless detected a condition which results in undefined
+ behavior.</p>
+
+<p>There is currently no way of representing a trap value in the IR; they
+ only exist when produced by operations such as
+ <a href="#i_add"><tt>add</tt></a> with the <tt>nsw</tt> flag.</p>
+
+<p>Trap value behavior is defined in terms of value <i>dependence</i>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Values other than <a href="#i_phi"><tt>phi</tt></a> nodes depend on
+ their operands.</li>
+
+<li><a href="#i_phi"><tt>Phi</tt></a> nodes depend on the operand corresponding
+ to their dynamic predecessor basic block.</li>
+
+<li>Function arguments depend on the corresponding actual argument values in
+ the dynamic callers of their functions.</li>
+
+<li><a href="#i_call"><tt>Call</tt></a> instructions depend on the
+ <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instructions that dynamically transfer
+ control back to them.</li>
+
+<li><a href="#i_invoke"><tt>Invoke</tt></a> instructions depend on the
+ <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>, <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>,
+ or exception-throwing call instructions that dynamically transfer control
+ back to them.</li>
+
+<li>Non-volatile loads and stores depend on the most recent stores to all of the
+ referenced memory addresses, following the order in the IR
+ (including loads and stores implied by intrinsics such as
+ <a href="#int_memcpy"><tt>@llvm.memcpy</tt></a>.)</li>
+
+<!-- TODO: In the case of multiple threads, this only applies if the store
+ "happens-before" the load or store. -->
+
+<!-- TODO: floating-point exception state -->
+
+<li>An instruction with externally visible side effects depends on the most
+ recent preceding instruction with externally visible side effects, following
+ the order in the IR. (This includes
+ <a href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.)</li>
+
+<li>An instruction <i>control-depends</i> on a
+ <a href="#terminators">terminator instruction</a>
+ if the terminator instruction has multiple successors and the instruction
+ is always executed when control transfers to one of the successors, and
+ may not be executed when control is transfered to another.</li>
+
+<li>Dependence is transitive.</li>
+
+</ul>
+
+<p>Whenever a trap value is generated, all values which depend on it evaluate
+ to trap. If they have side effects, the evoke their side effects as if each
+ operand with a trap value were undef. If they have externally-visible side
+ effects, the behavior is undefined.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some examples:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+entry:
+ %trap = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a trap value.
+ %still_trap = and i32 %trap, 0 ; Whereas (and i32 undef, 0) would return 0.
+ %trap_yet_again = getelementptr i32* @h, i32 %still_trap
+ store i32 0, i32* %trap_yet_again ; undefined behavior
+
+ store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; Trap value conceptually stored to memory.
+ %trap2 = load i32* @g ; Returns a trap value, not just undef.
+
+ volatile store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; External observation; undefined behavior.
+
+ %narrowaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i16*
+ %wideaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i64*
+ %trap3 = load 16* %narrowaddr ; Returns a trap value.
+ %trap4 = load i64* %widaddr ; Returns a trap value.
+
+ %cmp = icmp i32 slt %trap, 0 ; Returns a trap value.
+ %br i1 %cmp, %true, %end ; Branch to either destination.
+
+true:
+ volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; This is control-dependent on %cmp, so
+ ; it has undefined behavior.
+ br label %end
+
+end:
+ %p = phi i32 [ 0, %entry ], [ 1, %true ]
+ ; Both edges into this PHI are
+ ; control-dependent on %cmp, so this
+ ; always results in a trap value.
+
+ volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; %end is control-equivalent to %entry
+ ; so this is defined (ignoring earlier
+ ; undefined behavior in this example).
+</pre>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
+ Blocks</a></div>
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
+
+<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
+ basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
+ the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
+
+<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
+ '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction, or for
+ comparisons against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses
+ results in undefined behavior — though, again, comparison against null
+ is ok, and no label is equal to the null pointer. This may be passed around
+ as an opaque pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This
+ allows <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so
+ long as the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>
+ instruction.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when using the value as
+ the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target specific.</p>
+
</div>
+
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
-to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of any <a
-href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation
-that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported). The
-following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
+ to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
+ any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
+ operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
+ supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
<dl>
- <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
- than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>trunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
+ than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
- smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>zext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
+ smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
- smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>sext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
+ smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
- size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
- floating point.</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>fptrunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
+ size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
+ floating point.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
- smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>fpext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
+ smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
+ point.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>fptoui (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
- constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar
- or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
- of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the integer type,
- the results are undefined.</dd>
+ constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
+ scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
+ or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
+ integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>fptosi (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
- constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar
- or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
- of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the integer type,
- the results are undefined.</dd>
+ constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
+ scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
+ or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
+ integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>uitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
- constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of
- scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
- of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point
- type, the results are undefined.</dd>
+ constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
+ of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
+ vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
+ floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>sitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
- constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of
- scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
- of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point
- type, the results are undefined.</dd>
+ constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
+ of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
+ vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
+ floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
- TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be of pointer type. The CST value is
- zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in TYPE.</dd>
+ <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
+ type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
+ make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
- <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a
- pointer type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
- truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
- <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
+ <dt><b><tt>inttoptr (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
+ type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
+ truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
+ <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>bitcast (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
instruction</a>.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
-
+ <dt><b><tt>getelementptr (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
- constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
- instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required
- to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
+
constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
+ instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
+ required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>select (COND, VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
- <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on
- constants.</dd>
-
- <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>icmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
<dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
- <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
+ <dt><b><tt>extractelement (VAL, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
+ constants.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b><tt>insertelement (VAL, ELT, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
+ constants.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b><tt>shufflevector (VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
+ constants.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b><tt>extractvalue (VAL, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue operation</a> on
+ constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
+ a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
+ index value must be specified.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b><tt>insertvalue (VAL, ELT, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue operation</a> on
+ constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
+ a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
+ index value must be specified.</dd>
+
+ <dt><b><tt>OPCODE (LHS, RHS)</tt></b></dt>
+ <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
+ be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
+ or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
+ on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
+ (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
+</dl>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
+<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
+<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
+ to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
+ a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
+ (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
+ as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
+ expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
+ containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
+ inline assembler expression is:</p>
- <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement
- operation</a> on constants.</dd>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
+</pre>
- <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
+<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
+ a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
+ have:</p>
- <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement
- operation</a> on constants.</dd>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
+</pre>
+<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
+ marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
+ '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
- <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
+</pre>
- <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector
- operation</a> on constants.</dd>
+<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
+ stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
+ yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
+ The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
+ contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
+ if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
- <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
+<pre class="doc_code">
+call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
+</pre>
+
+<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
+ first.</p>
+
+<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
+ documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
+ etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
+ another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+<a name="inlineasm_md">Inline Asm Metadata</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a "!srcloc" MDNode
+ attached to it that contains a list of constant integers. If present, the
+ code generator will use the integer as the location cookie value when report
+ errors through the LLVMContext error reporting mechanisms. This allows a
+ front-end to correlate backend errors that occur with inline asm back to the
+ source code that produced it. For example:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
+call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""()<b>, !srcloc !42</b>
+...
+!42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
+</pre>
+
+<p>It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places in the
+ IR. If the MDNode contains multiple constants, the code generator will use
+ the one that corresponds to the line of the asm that the error occurs on.</p>
- <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
- be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise
- binary</a> operations. The constraints on operands are the same as those for
- the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point
- values are allowed).</dd>
-</dl>
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
-<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
+<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata
+ Strings</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the
-instruction stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are
-two metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
-<tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
-point ('<tt>!</tt>').
-</p>
+<p>LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program that
+ can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and code
+ generator. One example application of metadata is source-level debug
+ information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes. All
+ metadata has the <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a
+ preceding exclamation point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
-any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
-the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".
-</p>
+ any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
+ the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
-(a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceeded by an
-exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32 10}</tt>".
-</p>
+ (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
+ exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
+ 10}</tt>". Metadata nodes can have any values as their operand.</p>
-<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In
-the event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
-"<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
+<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
+ metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
+ example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
+
+<p>Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here <tt>llvm.dbg.value</tt>
+ function is using two metadata arguments.</p>
+
+<div class="doc_code">
+<pre>
+call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
+</pre>
+</div>
+
+<p>Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata <tt>!21</tt> is
+ attached with <tt>add</tt> instruction using <tt>!dbg</tt> identifier.</p>
+
+<div class="doc_code">
+<pre>
+%indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
+</pre>
+</div>
-<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
-the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
-computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata format
-to be used to express debugging information.</p>
</div>
+
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
-<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
+<div class="doc_section">
+ <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
+</div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
+<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
+code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
+of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
+section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
+by LLVM.</p>
+
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
-<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
+<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm">
-Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value. This
-value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions
-to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that
-indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects. An example
-inline assembler expression is:
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
+href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
+pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
+cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
<pre>
-i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
+ @X = global i8 4
+ @Y = global i32 123
+
+ @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
+ i8* @X,
+ i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
+ ], section "llvm.metadata"
</pre>
+
+<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
+compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
+a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
+internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
+list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
+inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
+"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
+
+<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
+object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
+
</div>
-<p>
-Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
-a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we have:
-</p>
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
+</div>
-<div class="doc_code">
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
+<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
+touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
+linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
+by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
+
+<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
+should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
<pre>
-%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
+%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
+@llvm.global_ctors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @ctor }]
</pre>
+<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_ctors</tt> array contains a list of constructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in ascending order of priority (i.e. lowest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
+</p>
+
</div>
-<p>
-Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked
-as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
-'<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:
-</p>
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
+</div>
-<div class="doc_code">
+<div class="doc_text">
<pre>
-call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
+%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
+@llvm.global_dtors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @dtor }]
</pre>
-</div>
-<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
-documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc
-need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to another
-document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.
+<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_dtors</tt> array contains a list of destructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in descending order of priority (i.e. highest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
</p>
</div>
+
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different
-
classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
-instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
-<a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a
- href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other
-instructions</a>.</p>
+<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
+
instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
+
instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
+ <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
+ <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
+ <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every
-basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which
-indicates which block should be executed after the current block is
-finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>'
-value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being
-the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
-<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a
- href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>'
-instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction,
-the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a
- href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a
- href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
+<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
+ in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
+ block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
+ terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
+ control flow, not values (the one exception being the
+ '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
+
+<p>There are seven different terminator instructions: the
+ '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
+ '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
+ '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
+ '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
+ '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
+ '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
+ '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
ret <type> <value> <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
+ a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
-<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and
-optionally a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
-<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that
-returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes
-control flow to occur.</p>
+<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
+ value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
+ occur.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
+ return value. The type of the return value must be a
+ '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
-<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument,
-the return value. The type of the return value must be a
-'<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
-
-<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if
-it it has a non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>'
-instruction with no return value or a return value with a type that
-does not match its type, or if it has a void return type and contains
-a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a return value.</p>
+<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
+ non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
+ value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
+ has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
+ return value.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow
-returns back to the calling function's context. If the caller is a "<a
- href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
-the instruction after the call. If the caller was an "<a
- href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues
-at the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction
-returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's
-return value.</p>
+<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
+ the calling function's context. If the caller is a
+ "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
+ instruction after the call. If the caller was an
+ "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
+ the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
+ a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
+ value.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
</pre>
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
- return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
- dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
- is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
- For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
- types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
- elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
-
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> br i1 <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse><br> br label <dest> <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
+<pre>
+ br i1 <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse><br> br label <dest> <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
-transfer to a different basic block in the current function. There are
-two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch
-and an unconditional branch.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
+ different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
+ instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
+ branch.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a
-single '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The
-unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
-'<tt>label</tt>' value as a target.</p>
+<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
+ '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
+ of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
+ target.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
-argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows
-to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
-control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
+ argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
+ '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
+ control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre>Test:<br> %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b<br> br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br> <a
- href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1<br>IfUnequal:<br> <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br></pre>
+<pre>
+Test:
+ %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
+ br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
+IfEqual:
+ <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
+IfUnequal:
+ <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
+</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
switch <intty> <value>, label <defaultdest> [ <intty> <val>, label <dest> ... ]
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
-several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
-instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
-destinations.</p>
-
+ several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
+ instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
+ destinations.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
-comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and
-an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s. The
-table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
+ comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
+ and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
+ The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
-destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this
-table is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
-transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
-transfered to the default destination.</p>
+ destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
+ is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
+ transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
+ transferred to the default destination.</p>
<h5>Implementation:</h5>
-
<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
-<tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different
-ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional
-branches or with a lookup table.</p>
+ <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
+ different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
+ conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
<i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
%Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
i32 1, label %onone
i32 2, label %ontwo ]
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
+ <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ indirectbr <somety>* <address>, [ label <dest1>, label <dest2>, ... ]
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+
+<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
+ within the current function, whose address is specified by
+ "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
+ href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
+
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+
+<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
+ rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
+ address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
+ destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
+
+<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
+ understanding of the CFG.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+
+<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
+ possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
+ instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
+ defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
+
+<h5>Implementation:</h5>
+<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
+
+<h5>Example:</h5>
+<pre>
+ indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
+</pre>
+
+</div>
+
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] <ptr to function ty> <function ptr val>(<function args>) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
to label <normal label> unwind label <exception label>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
-function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
-'<tt>normal</tt>' label or the
-'<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee function returns with the
-"<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the
-"normal" label. If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a
-href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and
-continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p>
+ function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
+ '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
+ function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
+ control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
+ indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
+ instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
+ "exception" label.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
<ol>
- <li>
- The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
- convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
- to using C calling conventions.
- </li>
+ <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
+ convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
+ defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
<li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
- return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>',
- and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
+ return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
+ '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
<li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
- function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
- invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off
- an arbitrary pointer to function value.
- </li>
+ function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
+ invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
+ off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
<li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
- function to be invoked. </li>
+ function to be invoked. </li>
<li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
- signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the function
- accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be
- specified. </li>
+ signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
+ of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
+ signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
+ the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
<li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
- executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
+
executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
<li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
- the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
+
the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
<li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
- '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
- '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
+ '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
+ '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a
-href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The primary
-difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by
-the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
+<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
+ '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
+ primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
+ is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
-cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
-exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
-'<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
+ cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
+ exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
+ '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
+
+<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
+ '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
+ block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
+ available.</p>
-<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value
-returned by the '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on
-the edge from the current block to the "normal" label. If the callee
-unwinds then no return value is available.</p>
+<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
+that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
</pre>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
-at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a
-href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call. This is
-primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
+ at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
+ an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
+ This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
-immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a
-href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack. Once found,
-execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the
-<tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the
-dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
+ immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
+ first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
+ Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
+ specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
+ instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
+that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
-instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
-code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
-no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
+ instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
+ code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
+ no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
-</div>
-
+</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a
-program. They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
-produce a single value. The operands might represent
-multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type.
-The result value has the same type as its operands.</p>
+
+<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
+ require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
+ produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
+ the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
+ has the same type as its operands.</p>
+
<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <result> = add <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = add <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = add nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = add nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = add nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be <a
- href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
- <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer values. Both arguments must
- have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
+ be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
-<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
-mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of
-the result.</p>
+<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
+ result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
-<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
-instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
+<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
+ is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
-<h5>Example:</h5>
+<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for "No Unsigned Wrap"
+ and "No Signed Wrap", respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
+ <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
+ is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
+ respectively, occurs.</p>
+<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = fadd <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
-floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+
<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <result> = sub <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sub <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sub nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sub nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sub nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
-operands.</p>
+ operands.</p>
<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
-'<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
-representations.</p>
+ '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
+ representations.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be <a
- href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
- integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
+ be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
-mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of
-the result.</p>
+ mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
+ result.</p>
+
+<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
+ is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
-<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
-instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
+<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for "No Unsigned Wrap"
+ and "No Signed Wrap", respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
+ <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
+ is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
+ respectively, occurs.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
<result> = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = fsub <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
-operands.</p>
+ operands.</p>
<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
-'<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
-representations.</p>
+ '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
+ representations.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be <a
- <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
- of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<result> = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
<result> = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = mul <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = mul <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = mul nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = mul nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = mul nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two
-operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
+ be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be <a
-href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
-
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
-<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow,
-the result returned is the mathematical result modulo
-2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
-<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the
-result is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the
-correct result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
-(e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands
-should be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the
-width of the full product.</p>
+<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
+ returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
+ width of the result.</p>
+
+<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
+ is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
+ result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
+ (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
+ be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
+ product.</p>
+
+<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for "No Unsigned Wrap"
+ and "No Signed Wrap", respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
+ <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
+ is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
+ respectively, occurs.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = fmul <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = fmul <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two
-operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
-of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
</a></div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = udiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = udiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = udiv exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
-operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
+
<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
-operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
+ operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
+
<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
+ <tt>udiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if %op1 is not a
+ multiple of %op2 (as such, "((a udiv exact b) mul b) == a").</p>
+
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- <result> = sdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = sdiv exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
-operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded towards zero.</p>
+<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
+ towards zero.</p>
+
<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
-operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
+ operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
+
<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
-undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example,
-by doing a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
+ undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
+ a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
+ <tt>sdiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the result would
+ be rounded.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = fdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
-<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
-operands.</p>
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
-of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = urem <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = urem <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
-unsigned division of its two arguments.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
+ division of its two arguments.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
-This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder.</p>
+ This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
+ remainder.</p>
+
<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
-distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
+ distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
+
<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
</pre>
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = srem <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
-signed division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
-<a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case
-the elements must be integers.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
+ division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
+ <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
+ elements must be integers.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
-has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
-operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
-a value. For more information about the difference, see <a
- href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
-Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
-please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
-Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
+ is either zero or has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the
+ <i>modulo</i> operator (where the result is either zero or has the same sign
+ as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of a value.
+ For more information about the difference,
+ see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
+ Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
+ please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
+ Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
+
<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
-distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
+ distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
+
<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
-Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur,
-for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.
-(The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule lets srem be
-implemented using instructions that return both the result of the division
-and the remainder.)</p>
+ Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
+ occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
+ -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
+ lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
+ the division and the remainder.)</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
</pre>
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = frem <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = frem <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
-division of its two operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
+ its two operands.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
-of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division.
-The remainder has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
+<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
+ has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
Operations</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of
-bit-twiddling in a program. They are generally very efficient
-instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other
-instructions. They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them,
-and produce a single value. The resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
+
+<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
+ program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
+ strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
+ same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
+ resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = shl <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = shl <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = shl nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = shl nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = shl nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to
-the left a specified number of bits.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
+ a specified number of bits.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
+ same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
+ integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
-<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the same <a
- href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
-
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
+ 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
+ is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
+ of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
+ vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
+ shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>nuw</tt> keyword is present, then the shift produces a
+ <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if it shifts out any non-zero bits. If
+ the <tt>nsw</tt> keyword is present, then the shift produces a
+ <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if it shifts out any bits that disagree
+ with the resultant sign bit. As such, NUW/NSW have the same semantics as
+ they would if the shift were expressed as a mul instruction with the same
+ nsw/nuw bits in (mul %op1, (shl 1, %op2)).</p>
-<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod 2<sup>n</sup>,
-where n is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) negative or
-equal to or larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined.
-If the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the
-corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
-
-<h5>Example:</h5><pre>
+<h5>Example:</h5>
+<pre>
<result> = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 << %var</i>
<result> = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
<result> = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
<result> = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
<result> = shl <2 x i32> < i32 1, i32 1>, < i32 1, i32 2> <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 2, i32 4></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = lshr <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = lshr <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = lshr exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
-operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
+ operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
+<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
-significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the
-shift. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than
-the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
-vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding shift
-amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
+ significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
+ If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
+ number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
+ vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
+ shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
+ <tt>lshr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if any of the bits
+ shifted out are non-zero.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
<result> = lshr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 2> <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = ashr <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = ashr <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+ <result> = ashr exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
-operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign extension.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
+ operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
+ extension.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
+<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,
-The most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
-of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
-larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the
-arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the
-corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
+<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
+ most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
+ of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
+ larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
+ the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
+ the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
+ <tt>ashr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if any of the bits
+ shifted out are non-zero.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
<result> = ashr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 3> <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 -1, i32 0></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = and <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of
-its two operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
+ operands.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
-<p> </p>
-<div>
+
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<tbody>
<tr>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
-</div>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 & %var</i>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = or <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = or <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive
-or of its two operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
+ two operands.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
+ <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
-<p> </p>
-<div>
+
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<tbody>
<tr>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
-</div>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
<result> = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
<result> = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
Instruction</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = xor <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = xor <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive
-or of its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the
-"one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
+ its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
+ complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
-values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
+<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
+
<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
+ values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
-<p> </p>
-<div>
+
<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<tbody>
<tr>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
-</div>
-<p> </p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
<result> = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
<result> = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
<result> = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
-<div class="doc_subsection">
+<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
-target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
-vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
-does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
-will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific
-target.</p>
+ target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
+ vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
+ does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
+ will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
+ specific target.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = extractelement <n x <ty>> <val>, i32 <idx> <i>; yields <ty></i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar
-element from a vector at a specified index.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
+ from a vector at a specified index.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a
-value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is
-an index indicating the position from which to extract the element.
-The index may be a variable.</p>
+<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
+ of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
+ indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
+ a variable.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
-<tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
-<tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
-results are undefined.
-</p>
+<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
+ <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
+ <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
+ results are undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %result = extractelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
+ <result> = extractelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
</pre>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = insertelement <n x <ty>> <val>, <ty> <elt>, i32 <idx> <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar
-element into a vector at a specified index.
-</p>
-
+<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
+ vector at a specified index.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a
-value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a
-scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first
-operand. The third operand is an index indicating the position at
-which to insert the value. The index may be a variable.</p>
+<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
+ of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
+ whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
+ operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
+ The index may be a variable.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
-element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position
-<tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt>
-exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined.
-</p>
+<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
+ are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
+ value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
+ results are undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %result = insertelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields <4 x i32></i>
+ <result> = insertelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields <4 x i32></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = shufflevector <n x <ty>> <v1>, <n x <ty>> <v2>, <m x i32> <mask> <i>; yields <m x <ty>></i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
-from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as
-the input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
+ from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
+ input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
+ with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
+ element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
+ whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
+ same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
-<p>
-The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
-with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
-element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector whose
-length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the same as
-the element type of the first two operands.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
-constant integer or undef values.
-</p>
+<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
+ constant integer or undef values.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
-both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
-the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
-gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second
-operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.
-</p>
+<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
+ both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
+ the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
+ gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
+ second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
+ <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
<4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5> <i>; yields <4 x i32></i>
- %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> undef,
+ <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> undef,
<4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3> <i>; yields <4 x i32></i> - Identity shuffle.
- %result = shufflevector <8 x i32> %v1, <8 x i32> undef,
+ <result> = shufflevector <8 x i32> %v1, <8 x i32> undef,
<4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3> <i>; yields <4 x i32></i>
- %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
+ <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
<8 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 > <i>; yields <8 x i32></i>
</pre>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
-<div class="doc_subsection">
+<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.
-</p>
+<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with
+ <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> values.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = extractvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <idx>{, <idx>}*
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
-or array element from an aggregate value.
-</p>
-
+<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a member field
+ from an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a
-value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a>
-type. The operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract
-in a similar manner as indices in a
-'<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
-</p>
+<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
+ of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or
+ <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The operands are constant indices to
+ specify which value to extract in a similar manner as indices in a
+ '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
+ <p>The major differences to <tt>getelementptr</tt> indexing are:</p>
+ <ul>
+ <li>Since the value being indexed is not a pointer, the first index is
+ omitted and assumed to be zero.</li>
+ <li>At least one index must be specified.</li>
+ <li>Not only struct indices but also array indices must be in
+ bounds.</li>
+ </ul>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by
-the index operands.
-</p>
+<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
+ index operands.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
+ <result> = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
</pre>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <result> = insertvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <ty> <val>, <idx> <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i>
+ <result> = insertvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <ty> <elt>, <idx> <i>; yields <aggregate type></i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value
-into a struct field or array element in an aggregate.
-</p>
-
+<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a member field
+ in an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a
-value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type.
-The second operand is a first-class value to insert.
-The following operands are constant indices
-indicating the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as
-indices in a
-'<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
-The value to insert must have the same type as the value identified
-by the indices.
-</p>
+<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
+ of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or
+ <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The second operand is a first-class
+ value to insert. The following operands are constant indices indicating
+ the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as indices in a
+ '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' instruction. The
+ value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
+ indices.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
-value is that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position
-specified by the indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
+ that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
+ indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
+ %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
+ %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
-<div class="doc_subsection">
+<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it
-represents memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which
-makes things very simple. This section describes how to read, write,
-allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p>
+<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
+ memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
+ very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
+ memory in LLVM.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a>
+ <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <result> = malloc <type>[, i32 <NumElements>][, align <alignment>] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
+ <result> = alloca <type>[, <ty> <NumElements>][, align <alignment>] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system
-heap and returns a pointer to it. The object is always allocated in the generic
-address space (address space zero).</p>
+<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
+ currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
+ returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
+ space (address space zero).</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
+ allocates <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
+ runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
+ If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
+ otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
+ specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
+ at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
+ to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
+ type.</p>
-<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates
-<tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt>
-bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the
-appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
-number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one.
-If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is
-guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If not specified, or if
-zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary
-compatible with the type.</p>
-
-<p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p>
+<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and
-a pointer is returned. The result of a zero byte allocation is undefined. The
-result is null if there is insufficient memory available.</p>
+<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
+ there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
+ memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
+ '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
+ variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
+ (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
+ or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
+ reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %array = malloc [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i>
-
- %size = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i>
- %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4 <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i>
- %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i>
- %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i>
- %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i>
+ %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
+ %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
+ %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
+ %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
</pre>
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet respect the
- alignment value.</p>
-
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
-<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a>
-</div>
+<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
+Instruction</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- free <type> <value> <i>; yields {void}</i>
+ <result> = load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>]
+ <result> = volatile load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>]
+ !<index> = !{ i32 1 }
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused
-memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value
-that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>'
-instruction.</p>
+<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
+ from which to load. The pointer must point to
+ a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
+ marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
+ number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other <a
+ href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The optional constant <tt>align</tt> argument specifies the alignment of the
+ operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
+ omitted <tt>align</tt> argument means that the operation has the preferential
+ alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
+ ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
+ alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
+ produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
+
+<p>The optional <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metadata must reference a single
+ metatadata name <index> corresponding to a metadata node with
+ one <tt>i32</tt> entry of value 1. The existence of
+ the <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metatadata on the instruction tells the optimizer
+ and code generator that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache.
+ The code generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth,
+ such as the <tt>MOVNT</tt> instruction on x86.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
+ scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
+ of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
+ <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
+ <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
+ is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
+ same type.</p>
-<p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined
-after this instruction executes. If the pointer is null, the operation
-is a noop.</p>
-
-<h5>Example:</h5>
-
+<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
- %array = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i>
- free [4 x i8]* %array
+ %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
+ <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
+ %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
-<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
-</div>
+<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
+Instruction</a> </div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
- <result> = alloca <type>[, i32 <NumElements>][, align <alignment>] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
+ store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
+ volatile store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
-currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
-returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
-space (address space zero).</p>
+<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
+ and an address at which to store it. The type of the
+ '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand must be a pointer to
+ the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
+ '<tt><value></tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as
+ <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or
+ order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other <a
+ href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
+ operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
+ omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
+ alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
+ ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
+ alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
+ produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
+
+<p>The optional !nontemporal metadata must reference a single metatadata
+ name <index> corresponding to a metadata node with one i32 entry of
+ value 1. The existence of the !nontemporal metatadata on the
+ instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is
+ not expected to be reused in the cache. The code generator may
+ select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the
+ MOVNT instruction on x86.</p>
-<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt>
-bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the
-appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
-number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one.
-If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is
-guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If not specified, or if
-zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary
-compatible with the type.</p>
-
-<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
-there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
-memory is automatically released when the function returns. The '<tt>alloca</tt>'
-instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must
-have an address available. When the function returns (either with the <tt><a
- href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt>
-instructions), the memory is reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes
-is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
+<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt><value></tt>' at the
+ location specified by the '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand. If
+ '<tt><value></tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
+ does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
+ type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
+ writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
+ integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
+ that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
- %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
- %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
- %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
- %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
-</pre>
-</div>
-
-<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
-<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
-Instruction</a> </div>
-<div class="doc_text">
-<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]<br> <result> = volatile load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]<br></pre>
-<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
-<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory
-address from which to load. The pointer must point to a <a
- href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
-marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify
-the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
-volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
-instructions. </p>
-<p>
-The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation
-(that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
-omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
-alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
-to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating
-the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the
-alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always
-safe.
-</p>
-<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded
-is of scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum
-number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
-<tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
-<tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
-is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
-same type.</p>
-<h5>Examples:</h5>
-<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
- <a
- href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
- %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
-</pre>
-</div>
-<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
-<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
-Instruction</a> </div>
-<div class="doc_text">
-<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
- volatile store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
-</pre>
-<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
-<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value
-to store and an address at which to store it. The type of the '<tt><pointer></tt>'
-operand must be a pointer to the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type
-of the '<tt><value></tt>'
-operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the
-optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of
-this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a
- href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p>
-<p>
-The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation
-(that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
-omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
-alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
-to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating
-the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the
-alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always
-safe.
-</p>
-<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt><value></tt>'
-at the location specified by the '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand.
-If '<tt><value></tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes
-written does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all
-bits of the type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most
-three bytes. When writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a
-size that is not an integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what
-happens to the extra bits that do not belong to the type, but they will
-typically be overwritten.</p>
-<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
+ %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
%val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
<result> = getelementptr <pty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}*
+ <result> = getelementptr inbounds <pty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}*
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
-subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation only
-and does not access memory.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
+ subelement of an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> data structure.
+ It performs address calculation only and does not access memory.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
-calculation. The remaining arguments are indices, that indicate which of the
-elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each index
-is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always indexes the
-pointer value given as the first argument, the second index indexes a value of
-the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly pointed to, since the
-first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type indexed into must be a pointer
-value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors and structs. Note that subsequent
-types being indexed into can never be pointers, since that would require loading
-the pointer before continuing calculation.</p>
+ calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
+ elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
+ index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
+ indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
+ indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
+ pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
+ indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays,
+ vectors, and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into
+ can never be pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before
+ continuing calculation.</p>
<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
-When indexing into a (packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
-<b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or vector,
-integers of any width are allowed (also non-constants).</p>
+ When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt>
+ integer <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer
+ or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
+ constant.</p>
-<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets
-compiled to LLVM:</p>
+<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
+ LLVM:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
struct RT {
char A;
int B[10][20];
return &s[1].Z.B[5][13];
}
</pre>
-</div>
<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
-define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
+define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
entry:
%reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
ret i32* %reg
}
</pre>
-</div>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
-type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
-}</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element of
-the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
-i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
-element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
-array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
-'<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer
-to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
+ type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
+ }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
+ of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
+ i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
+ element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
+ array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
+ '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
+ pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
-<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a
-structure, returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this,
-the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
+<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
+ returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
+ the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
<pre>
- define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
+ define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
%t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
%t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
%t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
}
</pre>
-<p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array
-and pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the
-array type when accessed with an instruction that dereferences the
-pointer (e.g. a load or store instruction). The one exception for
-this rule is zero length arrays. These arrays are defined to be
-accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access beyond the
-zero'th element.</p>
+<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
+ <tt>getelementptr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the
+ base pointer is not an <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object,
+ or if any of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of
+ the offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
+ precise arithmetic are not an <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated
+ object. The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all
+ the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte past
+ the end.</p>
-<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight
-into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr
-FAQ</a>.</p>
+<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
+ the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
+ the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
+ pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
+ used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
+ storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
+ section for more information.</p>
-<h5>Example:</h5>
+<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
+ how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
+<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
<i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
%aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
<i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
%iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
-which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions
-on the operand.</p>
+ which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
+ conversions on the operand.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
+ type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
-be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size
-and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
-type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of
-<tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a value to trunc, and a type to trunc it to.
+ Both types must be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> types, or vectors
+ of the same number of integers.
+ The bit size of the <tt>value</tt> must be larger than
+ the bit size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.
+ Equal sized types are not allowed.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt>
-and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be
-larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>.
-It will always truncate bits.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
+ in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
+ source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
+ be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
- %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
- %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
- %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
+ %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
+ %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
+ %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
+ %W = trunc <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i8> <i>; yields <i8 8, i8 7></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
-<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
+ <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
-also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
-<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
-<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, and a type to cast it to.
+ Both types must be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> types, or vectors
+ of the same number of integers.
+ The bit size of the <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than
+ the bit size of the destination type,
+ <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
-bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+ bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
<pre>
%X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
%Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
+ %Z = zext <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i32> <i>; yields <i32 8, i32 7></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
-<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
-also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
-<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
-<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, and a type to cast it to.
+ Both types must be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> types, or vectors
+ of the same number of integers.
+ The bit size of the <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than
+ the bit size of the destination type,
+ <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
-bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of
-the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
+ bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
+ of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
<pre>
%X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
%Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
+ %Z = sext <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i32> <i>; yields <i32 8, i32 7></i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = fptrunc <ty> <value> to <ty2> <i>; yields ty2</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
-<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
-
+ <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
- point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to
-cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
-<tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
-<i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
+ point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
+ to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
+ <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
+ <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit within
-the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
+ within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
+ undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
%Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
-floating point value.</p>
+ floating point value.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast,
-
and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
-type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
+
a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
+ type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
-used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
-<tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
+ used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
+ <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
%Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
-unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.
-</p>
+ unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
-scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
-to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
-type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
-vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
+ scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
+ to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
+ type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
+ vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p> The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
-towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
-the results are undefined.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
+
<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
+ towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
+ in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
%Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
- %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
+ %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
+ <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
+ type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
-scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
-to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
-type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
-vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
+ scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
+ to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
+ type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
+ vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
-<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
-towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
-the results are undefined.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
+
<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
+ towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
+ the results are undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
%Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
- %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
+ %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
-integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
+ integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
-scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it
-to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
-type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
-floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
+ scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
+ it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
+ type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
+ floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
-integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
-the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
+ integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
+ value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
+ undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
%Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed
-integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
+ and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
-scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it
-to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
-type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
-floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
+ scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
+ it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
+ type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
+ floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed
-integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
-the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
+ quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
+ value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
%Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
-the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
+ the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
-must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
-<tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
+
must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
+
<tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
-<tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
-truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
-<tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
-<tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
-are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
-change.</p>
+ <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
+ truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
+ <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
+ <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
+ are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
+ change.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
%Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to
-a pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
+ pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
-value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
-<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
+ value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
+
<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
-<tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
-the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
-size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller than
-the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size,
-nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
+ <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
+ the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
+ size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
+ than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
+ same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
- %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
- %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
+ %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
+ %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
-<tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
+ <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be
-a non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
-a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of
-<tt>value</tt>
-and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical. If the source
-type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a pointer. This
-instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to integers and to vectors
-of other types (as long as they have the same size).</p>
+<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
+ non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
+ a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
+ of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
+ identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
+ a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
+ integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
+ size).</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
-<tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
-this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
-stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only be
-converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert pointers to
-other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
-<a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
+ <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
+ this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
+ stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
+ be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
+ pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
+
<a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
%Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
- %Z = bitcast <2 x int> %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
+ %Z = bitcast <2 x int> %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous"
-instructions, which defy better classification.</p>
+
+<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
+ defy better classification.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = icmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = icmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or
-a vector of boolean values based on comparison
-of its two integer, integer vector, or pointer operands.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
+ boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
+ pointer operands.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
-the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
-a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
-</p>
+ the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
+ value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
+
<ol>
<li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
<li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
<li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
<li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
</ol>
+
<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
-<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>
-or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> typed.
-They must also be identical types.</p>
+ <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
+ typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to
-the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
-yields either an <a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt> result, as follows:
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
+ condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
+ either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
+ result, as follows:</p>
+
<ol>
- <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
- <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
- </li>
- <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
- <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.</li>
+ <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
+ <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
+ performed.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
+ <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
+ performed.</li>
+
<li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
+ to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
+ to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
- <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
</ol>
+
<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
-values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
-<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared
-element by element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with
-the same number of elements as the values being compared.
-Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.
-</p>
+ values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
+
+<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
+ element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
+ as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
<result> = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
<result> = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
<result> = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = fcmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = fcmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i>
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value
-or vector of boolean values based on comparison
-of its operands.</p>
-<p>
-If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result
-type is a boolean (<a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a>).
-</p>
-<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type
-is a vector of boolean with the same number of elements as the
-operands being compared.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
+ values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
+
+<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
+(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
+
+<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
+ of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
+ compared.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
-the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
-a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
+ the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
+ value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
+
<ol>
<li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
<li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
<li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
<li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
</ol>
+
<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
-<i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
-<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be
-either a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
-or a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type.
-They must have identical types.</p>
+ <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
+
+<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
+ a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
+ a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
+ identical types.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
-according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>.
-If the operands are vectors, then the vectors are compared
-element by element.
-Each comparison performed
-always yields an <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as follows:</p>
+ according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
+ vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
+ performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
+ follows:</p>
+
<ol>
<li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
- <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
+ <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
- <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+ <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
+ <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
+ <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
+ <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
+ <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
- <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
- <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
- <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
+ <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
+ <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
+
<li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
+
<li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-<pre> <result> = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
+<pre>
+ <result> = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
<result> = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
<result> = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
<result> = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...
+</pre>
-<pre> <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...<br></pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the φ node in
-the SSA graph representing the function.</p>
-<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type
-field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs
-as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the
-current block. Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
-type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node. Only labels
-may be used as the label arguments.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the φ node in the
+ SSA graph representing the function.</p>
-<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic
-block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in
-a basic block.</p>
-
-<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is
-deemed to occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block
-to the current block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>'
-instruction's return value on the same edge).</p>
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
+ this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
+ one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
+ of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
+ arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
+ arguments.</p>
+
+<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
+ the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
+ block.</p>
+
+<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
+ occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
+ block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
+ value on the same edge).</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
-specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that executed
-just prior to the current block.</p>
+ specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
+ executed just prior to the current block.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
%nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
br label %Loop
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<result> = select <i>selty</i> <cond>, <ty> <val1>, <ty> <val2> <i>; yields ty</i>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
-condition, without branching.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
+ condition, without branching.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or
-a vector of 'i1' values indicating the
-condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
-type. If the val1/val2 are vectors and
-the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
-individual elements.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
+ values indicating the condition, and two values of the
+ same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
+ vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
+ individual elements.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
+ first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
-<p>
-If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the first
-value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.
-</p>
-<p>
-If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must
-be vectors of the same size, and the selection is done element
-by element.
-</p>
+<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
+ of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
%X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
</pre>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
<ol>
- <li>
- <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
- any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present, the
- function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls may
- be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a
- href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</p>
- </li>
- <li>
- <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
- convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
- to using C calling conventions.</p>
+ <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
+ access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
+ marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
+ a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
+ present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
+ but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
+ optimized into a jump</a>. The code generator may optimize calls marked
+ "tail" with either 1) automatic <a href="CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt">
+ sibling call optimization</a> when the caller and callee have
+ matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization when the
+ following extra requirements are met:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
+ convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
+ <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
+ uses value of call or is void).</li>
+ <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
+ or <code>llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
+ <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
+ constraints are met.</a></li>
+ </ul>
</li>
- <li>
- <p>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
- return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>',
- and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p>
- </li>
+ <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
+ convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
+ defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
+ call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
+ behavior is undefined.</li>
- <li>
- <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also
- the type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
- <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</p>
- </li>
- <li>
- <p>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function
- value being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by
- this signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs
- and if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p>
- </li>
- <li>
- <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
- be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
- indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
- to function value.</p>
- </li>
- <li>
- <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the
- function signature argument types. All arguments must be of
- <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
- indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
- arguments can be specified.</p>
- </li>
- <li>
- <p>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
- '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
- '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p>
- </li>
+ <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
+ return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
+ '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
+
+ <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
+ type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
+ <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
+
+ <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
+ being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
+ signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
+ the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
+
+ <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
+ be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
+ indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
+ to function value.</li>
+
+ <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
+ signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
+ of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
+ signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
+ the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
+
+ <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
+ '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
+ '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
-transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to
-the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>'
-instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the
-instruction after the function call, and the return value of the
-function is bound to the result argument.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
+ a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
+ values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
+ function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
+ call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
+ argument.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<pre>
%retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
- call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
+ call i32 (i8*, ...)* @printf(i8* %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
%X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
%Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
%ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
</pre>
+<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
+standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
+optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
+something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
+freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
<resultval> = va_arg <va_list*> <arglist>, <argty>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
-the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
-<tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
+ the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
+ <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of
-the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and
-increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The
-actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
+<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
+ argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
+ the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
+ of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified
-type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the
-<tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. For more information,
-see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic
-Functions</a>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
+ from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
+ to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
+ handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
-take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
-function.</p>
+ take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
+ function.</p>
-<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a
-href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
-argument.</p>
+<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
+ an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
+ argument.</p>
<h5>Example:</h5>
-
<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
-<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg
- on many targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with
- aggregate types on any target.</p>
+<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
+ targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
+ any target.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
-well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain restrictions.
-Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for the LLVM
-language that does not require changing all of the transformations in LLVM when
-adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the parser, etc...).</p>
+ well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
+ restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
+ the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
+ in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
+ parser, etc...).</p>
<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
-prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
-begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external functions:
-you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic functions may
-only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address
-of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part
-of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that they be documented
-here.</p>
-
-<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents
-a family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
-types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
-overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
-integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
-overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
-exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows an
-intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them to
-be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single argument or
-the result.</p>
-
-<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
-encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
-which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
-against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function can
-take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same integer
-width. This leads to a family of functions such as
-<tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29 %val)</tt>.
-Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type suffix is
-required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return type, it
-does not require its own name suffix.</p>
-
-<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
-<a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.
-</p>
+ prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
+ begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
+ functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
+ functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
+ take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
+ functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
+ they be documented here.</p>
+
+<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
+ family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
+ types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
+ overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
+ integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
+ overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
+ exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
+ an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
+ to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
+ argument or the result.</p>
+
+<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
+ encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
+ which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
+ against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
+ can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
+ integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
+ <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
+ %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
+ suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
+ type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
+ <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a
- href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
-intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly
-named macros defined in the <tt><stdarg.h></tt> header file.</p>
+<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
+ the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
+ intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
+ macros defined in the <tt><stdarg.h></tt> header file.</p>
-<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a
-target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly
-language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all
-transformations should be prepared to handle these functions regardless of
-the type used.</p>
+<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
+ type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
+ not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
+ handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
-instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
-used.</p>
+ instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
+ used.</p>
-<div class="doc_code">
-<pre>
+<pre class="doc_code">
define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
; Initialize variable argument processing
%ap = alloca i8*
declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
</pre>
-</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* <arglist>)<br></pre>
+<pre>
+ declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* <arglist>)
+</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes
-<tt>*<arglist></tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a
-href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*<arglist></tt>
+ for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
-macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes the
-<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next call to
-<tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function.
-Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the
-last argument of the function as the compiler can figure that out.</p>
+ macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
+ the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
+ call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
+ the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
+ need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
+ that out.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<pre> declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* <arglist>)<br></pre>
-<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* <arglist>)
+</pre>
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*<arglist></tt>,
-which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
-or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
+ which has been initialized previously
+ with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
+ or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
-macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys the
-<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls to <a
-href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a href="#int_va_copy">
-<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly with calls to
-<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
+ macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
+ the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
+ to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
+ and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
+ with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* <destarglist>, i8* <srcarglist>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
-from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
+ from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
-The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p>
-
+ The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
+ from.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
-macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the source
-<tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt> element. This
-intrinsic is necessary because the <tt><a href="#int_va_start">
-llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be arbitrarily complex and require, for
-example, memory allocation.</p>
+ macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
+ source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
+ element. This intrinsic is necessary because
+ the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
+ arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
+<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
-intrinsics.
-These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC roots on the
-stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a
-href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a> barriers.
-Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these
-intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details, see <a
-href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>.
-</p>
+intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
+roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
+require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
+barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
+these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
+see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
+LLVM</a>.</p>
-<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
- address space (address space zero).</p>
+<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
+ address space (address space zero).</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
-the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
+ the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
-root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global
-value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p>
+ root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
+ global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
+ root.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
-location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
-the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
-intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
-algorithm</a>.</p>
+ location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
+ the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
+
intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
+ algorithm</a>.</p>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
-locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
-barriers.</p>
+ locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
+ barriers.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
-allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
-start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
-null).</p>
+ allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
+ start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
+ null).</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
-instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
-garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
-may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
-algorithm</a>.</p>
+ instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
+ garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
+
may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
+ algorithm</a>.</p>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<pre>
declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
-locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
-barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
+ locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
+ barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
-object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
-store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be
-null.</p>
+ object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
+ store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
+ be null.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
-instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
-garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
-may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
-algorithm</a>.</p>
+ instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
+ garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
+
may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
+ algorithm</a>.</p>
</div>
-
-
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only
-be implemented with code generator support.
-</p>
+
+<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
+ only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
</div>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
-target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
-or one of its callers.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
+ target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
+ or one of its callers.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
-for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc. The
-argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
-</p>
+<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
+ for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
+ The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
+ indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
+ cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
+ incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
+ debugging purposes.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
-the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
-identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
-for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
-</p>
+<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
+ aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
+ obvious source-language caller.</p>
-<p>
-Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
-aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
-source-language caller.
-</p>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 <level>)
+ declare i8* @llvm.frameaddress(i32 <level>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
-target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
+ target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
-pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
-etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
-</p>
+<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
+ pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
+ etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
+ indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
+ cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
+ incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
+ debugging purposes.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
-the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
-identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
-for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
-</p>
+<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
+ aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
+ obvious source-language caller.</p>
-<p>
-Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
-aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
-source-language caller.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
+ declare i8* @llvm.stacksave()
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of
-the function stack, for use with <a href="#int_stackrestore">
-<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is useful for implementing language
-features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
+ of the function stack, for use
+ with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
+ useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
+ sized arrays in C99.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a
-href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When an
-<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from
-<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the
-state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed. In
-practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack
-that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
+ to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
+ an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
+ from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
+ to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
+ In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
+ stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
</div>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
+ declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %ptr)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
-the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a
-href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed. This is
-useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized
-arrays in C99.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
+ the function stack to the state it was in when the
+ corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
+ executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
+ automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-See the description for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.
-</p>
+<p>See the description
+ for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert
-a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop. Prefetches have
-no
-effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance
-characteristics.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
+ insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
+ Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
+ performance characteristics.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-<tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier
-determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and
-<tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
-locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt> and
-<tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.
-</p>
+<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
+ specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
+ and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
+ locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
+ and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
-prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support this
-intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better
-performance.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
+ prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
+ this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
+ better performance.</p>
</div>
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter
-(PC) in a region of
-code to simulators and other tools. The method is target specific, but it is
-expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the
-marker.
-The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction
-after optimizations. It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit
-optimizations. The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow
-correlations of simulation runs.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
+ Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
+ is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
+ symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
+ that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
+ possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
+ intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
+ simulation runs.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-<tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.
-</p>
+<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do not
-support this intrinisic may ignore it.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
+ not support this intrinsic may ignore it.</p>
</div>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
+ declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter()
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
-counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets
-that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it should map to RPCC.
-As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this
-should only be used for small timings.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
+ counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
+ targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
+ should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
+ of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.
-Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a
-system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0.
-</p>
+<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
+ memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
+ value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
+ to a constant 0.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
-These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the
-alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity
-for more efficient code generation.
-</p>
+
+<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
+ These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
+ the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
+ opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memcpy on any integer bit
-width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
+ integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support
+ all bit widths however.</p>
+
<pre>
- declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i8 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i16 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i32 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i64 <len>, i32 <align>)
+ declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
+ i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
+ declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
+ i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
+ source location to the destination location.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
-location to the destination location.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
-intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
-</p>
+<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
+ intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
+ and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
-The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
-the source. The third argument is an integer argument
-specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
-of the source and destination locations.
-</p>
+<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
+ to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
+ number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
+ source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
+ volatile access.</p>
-<p>
-If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
-the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned
-to that boundary.
-</p>
+<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
+ then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
+ aligned to that boundary.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
+ <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
+ The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
+ to depend on it.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
-location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap. It
-copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
-some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
-be set to 0 or 1.
-</p>
-</div>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
+ source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
+ overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
+ be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
+ otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
-width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+ width and for different address space. Not all targets support all bit
+ widths however.</p>
+
<pre>
- declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i8 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i16 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i32 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>,
- i64 <len>, i32 <align>)
+ declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
+ i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
+ declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
+ i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
+ source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
+ '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
+ overlap.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source
-location to the destination location. It is similar to the
-'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
-intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
-</p>
+<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
+ intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
+ and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
-The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
-the source. The third argument is an integer argument
-specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
-of the source and destination locations.
-</p>
+<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
+ to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
+ number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
+ source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
+ volatile access.</p>
-<p>
-If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
-the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to
-that boundary.
-</p>
+<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
+ then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
+ aligned to that boundary.</p>
+
+<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
+ <tt>llvm.memmove</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
+ The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
+ to depend on it.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
-location to the destination location, which may overlap. It
-copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
-some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
-be set to 0 or 1.
-</p>
-</div>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
+ source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
+ "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
+ boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
+ be set to 0 or 1.</p>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
-width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+ width and for different address spaces. However, not all targets support all
+ bit widths.</p>
+
<pre>
- declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>,
- i8 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>,
- i16 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>,
- i32 <len>, i32 <align>)
- declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>,
- i64 <len>, i32 <align>)
+ declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8 <val>,
+ i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
+ declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8 <val>,
+ i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
+ particular byte value.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular
-byte value.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic
-does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
-</p>
+<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
+ intrinsic does not return a value and takes extra alignment/volatile
+ arguments. Also, the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
+ byte value with which to fill it, the third argument is an integer argument
+ specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
+ alignment of the destination location.</p>
-<p>
-The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
-byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer
-argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the
-known alignment of destination location.
-</p>
+<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
+ then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
+ boundary.</p>
-<p>
-If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
-the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary.
-</p>
+<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
+ <tt>llvm.memset</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
+ The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
+ to depend on it.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
+ at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
+ boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
+ be set to 0 or 1.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at
-the
-destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary,
-this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or
-1.
-</p>
</div>
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
-floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
-types however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
+ floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
+ types however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
-returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would. Unlike
-<tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for
-negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better optimization, because
-there is no need to worry about errno being set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is
-defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
+ returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
+ Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
+ behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
+ optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
+ set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
-</p>
+<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
+ type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
+ nonnegative floating point number.</p>
-<p>
-This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a nonnegative
-floating point number.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
-floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
-types however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
+ floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
+ types however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
-specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
-multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
-used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
+ specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
+ multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
+ used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
-that power.
-</p>
+<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
+ that power.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
+ unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
-<p>
-This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
-unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
-floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
-types however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
+ floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
+ types however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
-</p>
+<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
+ type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
+ values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
+ in the same way.</p>
-<p>
-This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the
-same values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error
-conditions in the same way.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
-floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
-types however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
+ floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
+ types however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
-</p>
+<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
+ type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
+ values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
+ in the same way.</p>
-<p>
-This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the
-same values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error
-conditions in the same way.</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
-floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
-types however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
+ floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
+ types however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
-specified (positive or negative) power.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
+ specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
-raise to that power.
-</p>
+<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
+ raise to that power.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
+ the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
+ conditions in the same way.</p>
-<p>
-This function returns the first value raised to the second power,
-returning the
-same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
-conditions in the same way.</p>
</div>
-
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
-These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.
-</p>
+
+<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
+ These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
</div>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
-type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
+ type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
+
<pre>
declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 <id>)
declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 <id>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
-values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These are
-useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's native
-byte order.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
+ values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
+ are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
+ native byte order.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
-and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt>
-intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32
-swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned
-i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order. The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>,
-<tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics extend this concept to
-additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and more, respectively).
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
+ and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
+ the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
+ bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
+ 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
+ The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
+ extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
+ more, respectively).</p>
</div>
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
-width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+ width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 <src>)
declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 <src>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a
-value.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
+ in a value.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
-integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
-</p>
+<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
+ integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
-integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
+ integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 <src>)
declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 <src>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
-leading zeros in a variable.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
+ leading zeros in a variable.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
-integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
-</p>
+<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
+ integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
+ zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
+ the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros
-in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
-of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.
-</p>
</div>
-
-
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
-integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
+ integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+
<pre>
declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 <src>)
declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 <src>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
-trailing zeros.
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
+ trailing zeros.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
-integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
-</p>
+<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
+ integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
+ zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
+ the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros
-in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
-of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.
-</p>
</div>
-
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
<a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.
-</p>
+
+<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
-occurred during the signed summation.</p>
+ a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
+ occurred during the signed summation.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo signed addition.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo signed addition.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure — the
-first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of which
-is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an overflow.</p>
+ a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure — the
+ first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
+ which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
+ overflow.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry occurred
-during the unsigned summation.</p>
+ an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
+ occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo unsigned addition.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo unsigned addition.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure — the
-first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a bit
-specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
+ an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure —
+ the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
+ bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
-occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
+ a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
+ occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo signed subtraction.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo signed subtraction.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure — the
-first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of which is a bit
-specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an overflow.</p>
+ a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure —
+ the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
+ which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
+ overflow.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
-occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
+ an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
+ overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure — the
-first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of which is a bit
-specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an overflow.</p>
+ an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure —
+ the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
+ which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
+ overflow.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
<h5>Overview:</h5>
<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
-occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
+ a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
+ overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo signed multiplication.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo signed multiplication.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure —
-the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
-which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
-overflow.</p>
+ a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure —
+ the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
+ which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
+ overflow.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-
<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
-on any integer bit width.</p>
+ on any integer bit width.</p>
<pre>
declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
-occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
+ a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
+ overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
-be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit width. The
-second element of the result structure must be of type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt>
-and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will undergo unsigned
-multiplication.</p>
+ be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
+ width. The second element of the result structure must be of
+ type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
+ undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-
<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
-an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure —
-the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
-which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted in an
-overflow.</p>
+ an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
+ — the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
+ element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
+ in an overflow.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
- <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
+ <a name="int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
-The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix),
-are described in the <a
-href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level
-Debugging</a> document.
-</p>
+
+<p>Half precision floating point is a storage-only format. This means that it is
+ a dense encoding (in memory) but does not support computation in the
+ format.</p>
+
+<p>This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
+ value as an i16, then convert it to float with <a
+ href="#int_convert_from_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt></a>.
+ Computation can then be performed on the float value (including extending to
+ double etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to
+ float if needed, then converted to i16 with
+ <a href="#int_convert_to_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt></a>, then
+ storing as an i16 value.</p>
</div>
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
+ a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
+ floating point format.</p>
+
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
+ converted.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
+ a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
+ floating point format. The return value is an <tt>i16</tt> which
+ contains the converted number.</p>
+
+<h5>Examples:</h5>
+<pre>
+ %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
+ store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
+</pre>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
+ a conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
+ floating point format.</p>
+
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
+ converted.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs a
+ conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
+ precision floating point format. The input half-float value is represented by
+ an <tt>i16</tt> value.</p>
+
+<h5>Examples:</h5>
+<pre>
+ %a = load i16* @x, align 2
+ %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
+</pre>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+ <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
+ prefix), are described in
+ the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
+ Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
+
+</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p> The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
-<tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in the <a
-href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
-Handling</a> document. </p>
+
+<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
+ <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
+ the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
+ Handling</a> document.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
- This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
- the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
- function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need
- to provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in
- advance in a "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated
- on the stack, which also contains code to splice the nest value into the
- argument list. This is used to implement the GCC nested function address
- extension.
-</p>
-<p>
- For example, if the function is
- <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
- pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as follows:</p>
-<pre>
+
+<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
+ the <a href="#nest"><tt>nest</tt></a> attribute, from a function.
+ The result is a callable
+ function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
+ provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
+ "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
+ contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
+ to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
+
+<p>For example, if the function is
+ <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
+ pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
+ follows:</p>
+
+<pre class="doc_code">
%tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
%tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
- %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
+ %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval)
%fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
</pre>
- <p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
- to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
+
+<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp(i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> is then equivalent
+ to <tt>%val = call i32 %f(i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt>.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
-declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* <tramp>, i8* <func>, i8* <nval>)
+ declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* <tramp>, i8* <func>, i8* <nval>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code
- and returns a function pointer suitable for executing it.
-</p>
+<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
+ function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
- pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large
- and sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
- intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
- currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
- generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
- The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to an <tt>i8*</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
+ pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
+ sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
+ intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
+ currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
+ generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
+ The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
+ an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
- dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
- returned, but needs to be bitcast to an
- <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate function pointer type</a>
- before being called. The new function's signature is the same as that of
- <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with the <tt>nest</tt> attribute
- removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument is allowed, and it must be
- of pointer type. Calling the new function is equivalent to calling
- <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but with <tt>nval</tt> used for the
- missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after calling
- <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is
- modified, then the effect of any later call to the returned function pointer is
- undefined.
-</p>
+<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
+ dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
+ returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
+ function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
+ is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
+ the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
+ is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
+ equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
+ with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
+ calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
+ by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
+ returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p>
- These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
- hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
- provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
- is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
- (Application Programming Interfaces) which
- need atomic behaviors to map cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on
- hardware behavior. Just as hardware provides a "universal IR" for source
- languages, it also provides a starting point for developing a "universal"
- atomic operation and synchronization IR.
-</p>
-<p>
- These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
- software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
- functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
- application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
- a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
- No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
- itself ubiquitously does so.
-</p>
+<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
+ hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
+ provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
+ is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
+ (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
+ cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
+ hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
+ starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
+ synchronization IR.</p>
+
+<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
+ software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
+ functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
+ application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
+ a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
+ No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
+ itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
-declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 <ll>, i1 <ls>, i1 <sl>, i1 <ss>,
-i1 <device> )
-
+ declare void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 <ll>, i1 <ls>, i1 <sl>, i1 <ss>, i1 <device>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
- specific pairs of memory access types.
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
+ specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
- The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The fith
- argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached memory.
+<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
+ The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
+ fifth argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
+ memory.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
+ <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
+ <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
+ <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
+ <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
+</ul>
-</p>
- <ul>
- <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
- <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
- <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
- <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
- <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
- </ul>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
- the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not indicate
- <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces an <em>order</em> in
- which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load and store operations
- (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first operations preceding the
- barrier will complete before any of the second operations succeeding the
- barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each pairing is as follows:
-</p>
- <ul>
- <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
- after the barrier begins.</li>
-
- <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
- store after the barrier begins.</li>
- <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
- store after the barrier begins.</li>
- <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
- load after the barrier begins.</li>
- </ul>
-<p>
- These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
- is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.
-</p>
-<p>
- Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do not
- support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do not
- need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become noops.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
+ the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
+ indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
+ an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
+ and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
+ operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
+ operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
+ pairing is as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
+ after the barrier begins.</li>
+ <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
+ store after the barrier begins.</li>
+ <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
+ store after the barrier begins.</li>
+ <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
+ load after the barrier begins.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
+ is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
+
+<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
+ not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
+ not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
+ noops.</p>
+
<h5>Example:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
store i32 4, %ptr
%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
- call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
+ call void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false)
<i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
- any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
- support all bit widths however.</p>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
+ any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
+ support all bit widths however.</p>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <cmp>, i8 <val> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <cmp>, i16 <val> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <cmp>, i32 <val> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <cmp>, i64 <val> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <cmp>, i8 <val>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <cmp>, i16 <val>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <cmp>, i32 <val>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <cmp>, i64 <val>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
- equal, it stores a new value into the memory.
-</p>
+<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
+ equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result as
- well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
- same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
- this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
- lower representations they support in hardware.
+<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
+ as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
+ same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
+ this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
+ lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
- in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the value
- <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the memory. The
- loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the equivalent of an
- atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA framework.
-</p>
-<h5>Examples:</h5>
+<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
+ in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
+ value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
+ memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
+ equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
+ framework.</p>
+<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
store i32 4, %ptr
%val1 = add i32 4, 4
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
%val2 = add i32 1, 1
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
- integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
-<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <val> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <val> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <val> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <val> )
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
+ integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <val>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <val>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <val>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <val>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
- the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
- at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
+ the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
+ at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
+ the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
+ width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
+ integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
+ support.</p>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both the
- <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit width.
- The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
- integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
- support.
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
- stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
- equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.
+<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
+ stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
+ equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
-</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
store i32 4, %ptr
%val1 = add i32 4, 4
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val1)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
%val2 = add i32 1, 1
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val2)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on any
- integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
-<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
+ any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
- <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
+ at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
+<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
+ and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
+ integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
+ width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
- The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
- and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
- integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
- width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
- value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
- to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
+ value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
+ to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
- store i32 4, %ptr
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
+ store i32 4, %ptr
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
-%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
+%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
<i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
- any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
- support all bit widths however.</p>
-<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
+ any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
+ support all bit widths however.</p>
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
- <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
+ <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
+<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
+ and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
+ integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
+ width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
- The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
- and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
- integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
- width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
- value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
- result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
+ value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
+ result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
+ at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
- store i32 8, %ptr
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
+ store i32 8, %ptr
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
-%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
+%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
<i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
<a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
<a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
-
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>,
- <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and
- <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
- address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
-<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
+<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
+ use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
+ <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
+ bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
+ widths however.</p>
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
- the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
- at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
+ the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
+ at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
+<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
+ and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
+ integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
+ width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
- These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
- and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
- integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
- width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
- value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise operation
- <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the original
- value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
+ value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
+ operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
+ original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
- store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
-%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
+ store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
+%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
<i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
-%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
+%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
<i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
</pre>
-</div>
+</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
<a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
<a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
-
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>
- These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
- <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
- <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
- address spaces. Not all targets
- support all bit widths however.</p>
-<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
+<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
+ <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
+ <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
+ address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
<pre>
-declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> )
-declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> )
-declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> )
-declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> )
-
+ declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8.p0i8(i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16(i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64.p0i64(i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
- <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
- original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
+ <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
+ original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
+<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
+ and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
+ integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
+ width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
- These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
- and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
- integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
- width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
-</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
- value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or max
- <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield
- the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
-</p>
+<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
+ value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
+ max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
+ yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
<h5>Examples:</h5>
<pre>
-%ptr = malloc i32
- store i32 7, %ptr
-%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
+%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
+%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
+ store i32 7, %ptr
+%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 -2)
<i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
-%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
+%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 8)
<i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
-%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
+%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 10)
<i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
-%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
+%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 30)
<i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
</pre>
+
</div>
+
<!-- ======================================================================= -->
<div class="doc_subsection">
- <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
+ <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
-<p> This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has
-no specific purpose. </p>
+
+<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
+ objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+ <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
- declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
+ declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
+ object's lifetime.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic
-</p>
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
+ object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
+ the object.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
+ memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
+ never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
+ precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
+ <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
+ object's lifetime.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
+ object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
+ the object.</p>
-<p>
-The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
-global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
-file name, and the last argument is the line number.
-</p>
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
+ memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
+ never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
+ following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
+ a memory object will not change.</p>
+
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
+ object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
+ the object.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
+ the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
+ unchanging.</p>
-<p>
-This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
-This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for these
-annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
-generation and optimization.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
- <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+ <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
<div class="doc_text">
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
-<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
-any integer bit width.
-</p>
<pre>
- declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
- declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
- declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
- declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
- declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int> )
+ declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* <start>, i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
+ a memory object are mutable.</p>
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.
-</p>
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
+ The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
+ object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
+ to the object.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- ======================================================================= -->
+<div class="doc_subsection">
+ <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
+ purpose.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
+ global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
+ file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
-<p>
-The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression),
-the second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
-string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line number.
-It returns the value of the first argument.
-</p>
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
+ This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
+ these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
+ generation and optimization.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
+ any integer bit width.</p>
+
+<pre>
+ declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+ declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+ declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+ declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
+
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
+ second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
+ string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
+ number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
+ arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
+ want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
+ are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
-<p>
-This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions
-with arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations
-that want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
-are ignored by code generation and optimization.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
</pre>
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-
-<p>
-The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic
-</p>
+<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-
-<p>
-None
-</p>
+<p>None.</p>
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
+ target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
+ the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
-<p>
-This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
-target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to the
-call of the abort() function.
-</p>
</div>
<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
<div class="doc_subsubsection">
<a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
</div>
+
<div class="doc_text">
+
<h5>Syntax:</h5>
<pre>
-declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* <guard>, i8** <slot> )
+ declare void @llvm.stackprotector(i8* <guard>, i8** <slot>)
+</pre>
+
+<h5>Overview:</h5>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
+ stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
+ ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
+<h5>Arguments:</h5>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
+ arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
+ guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
+ that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
+
+<h5>Semantics:</h5>
+<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
+ the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
+ stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
+ overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
+ the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they are
+ different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
+ function.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
+<div class="doc_subsubsection">
+ <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
+</div>
+
+<div class="doc_text">
+
+<h5>Syntax:</h5>
+<pre>
+ declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32(i8* <object>, i1 <type>)
+ declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64(i8* <object>, i1 <type>)
</pre>
+
<h5>Overview:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and stores
- it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to ensure that
- it is placed on the stack before local variables.
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information to
+ the optimizers to determine at compile time whether a) an operation (like
+ memcpy) will overflow a buffer that corresponds to an object, or b) that a
+ runtime check for overflow isn't necessary. An object in this context means
+ an allocation of a specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
+
<h5>Arguments:</h5>
-<p>
- The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer arguments. The
- first argument is the value loaded from the stack guard
- <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt> that
- has enough space to hold the value of the guard.
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
+ argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
+ is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
+ maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
+ 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
+
<h5>Semantics:</h5>
-<p>
- This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
- the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
- stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is overwritten,
- it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits, the guard on
- the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're different, then
- the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt> function.
-</p>
+<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
+ representing the size of the object concerned, or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>,
+ depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument, if the size cannot be determined at
+ compile time.</p>
+
</div>
<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
projects / oota-llvm.git / blobdiff